Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 2288:4dda2bd944e1 vim73
Apply patch 7.2.445.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 07 Jul 2010 18:26:28 +0200 |
parents | 8c6a66e2b3cc |
children | 5ffe000a9ecf |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 #include "version.h" | |
16 | |
17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
19 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); | |
20 | |
21 /* | |
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
23 */ | |
24 int | |
25 get_indent() | |
26 { | |
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
28 } | |
29 | |
30 /* | |
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
32 */ | |
33 int | |
34 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
35 linenr_T lnum; | |
36 { | |
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
38 } | |
39 | |
40 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
41 /* | |
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
43 * "buf". | |
44 */ | |
45 int | |
46 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
47 buf_T *buf; | |
48 linenr_T lnum; | |
49 { | |
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts); | |
51 } | |
52 #endif | |
53 | |
54 /* | |
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
57 */ | |
164 | 58 int |
7 | 59 get_indent_str(ptr, ts) |
60 char_u *ptr; | |
61 int ts; | |
62 { | |
63 int count = 0; | |
64 | |
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
66 { | |
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
68 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
69 else if (*ptr == ' ') | |
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
71 else | |
72 break; | |
73 } | |
164 | 74 return count; |
7 | 75 } |
76 | |
77 /* | |
78 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
80 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
81 * "flags": | |
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
86 */ | |
87 int | |
88 set_indent(size, flags) | |
1324 | 89 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
7 | 90 int flags; |
91 { | |
92 char_u *p; | |
93 char_u *newline; | |
94 char_u *oldline; | |
95 char_u *s; | |
96 int todo; | |
1324 | 97 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
7 | 98 int line_len; |
99 int doit = FALSE; | |
1324 | 100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
7 | 101 int tab_pad; |
217 | 102 int retval = FALSE; |
1359 | 103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
1324 | 104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
7 | 105 |
106 /* | |
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
108 * characters needed for the indent. | |
109 */ | |
110 todo = size; | |
111 ind_len = 0; | |
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
113 | |
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
115 * isn't already set */ | |
116 | |
1324 | 117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
7 | 121 { |
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
125 { | |
126 ind_done = 0; | |
127 | |
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
130 { | |
131 if (*p == TAB) | |
132 { | |
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
136 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
137 break; | |
138 todo -= tab_pad; | |
139 ++ind_len; | |
140 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
141 } | |
142 else | |
143 { | |
144 --todo; | |
145 ++ind_len; | |
146 ++ind_done; | |
147 } | |
148 ++p; | |
149 } | |
150 | |
1324 | 151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
154 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
155 | |
7 | 156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
1359 | 158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
7 | 159 { |
160 doit = TRUE; | |
161 todo -= tab_pad; | |
162 ++ind_len; | |
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
164 } | |
165 } | |
166 | |
167 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
169 { | |
170 if (*p != TAB) | |
171 doit = TRUE; | |
172 else | |
173 ++p; | |
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
175 ++ind_len; | |
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
177 } | |
178 } | |
179 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
180 while (todo > 0) | |
181 { | |
182 if (*p != ' ') | |
183 doit = TRUE; | |
184 else | |
185 ++p; | |
186 --todo; | |
187 ++ind_len; | |
188 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
189 } | |
190 | |
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
193 return FALSE; | |
194 | |
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
197 p = oldline; | |
198 else | |
199 p = skipwhite(p); | |
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
1324 | 201 |
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
1359 | 205 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
1324 | 206 { |
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
208 if (newline == NULL) | |
209 return FALSE; | |
1359 | 210 todo = size - ind_done; |
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
212 * characters, which may have been | |
213 * undercounted until now */ | |
1324 | 214 p = oldline; |
215 s = newline; | |
216 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
217 { | |
218 *s++ = *p++; | |
219 orig_char_len--; | |
220 } | |
1474 | 221 |
1324 | 222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
223 * than old) */ | |
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
1474 | 225 ++p; |
1348 | 226 |
1324 | 227 } |
228 else | |
229 { | |
230 todo = size; | |
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
232 if (newline == NULL) | |
233 return FALSE; | |
234 s = newline; | |
235 } | |
7 | 236 |
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
240 { | |
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
244 { | |
245 p = oldline; | |
246 ind_done = 0; | |
247 | |
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
249 { | |
250 if (*p == TAB) | |
251 { | |
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
255 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
256 break; | |
257 todo -= tab_pad; | |
258 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
259 } | |
260 else | |
261 { | |
262 --todo; | |
263 ++ind_done; | |
264 } | |
265 *s++ = *p++; | |
266 } | |
267 | |
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
270 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
271 { | |
272 *s++ = TAB; | |
273 todo -= tab_pad; | |
274 } | |
275 | |
276 p = skipwhite(p); | |
277 } | |
278 | |
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
280 { | |
281 *s++ = TAB; | |
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
283 } | |
284 } | |
285 while (todo > 0) | |
286 { | |
287 *s++ = ' '; | |
288 --todo; | |
289 } | |
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
291 | |
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
294 { | |
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */ | |
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
835 | 301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); |
217 | 302 retval = TRUE; |
7 | 303 } |
304 else | |
305 vim_free(newline); | |
306 | |
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
217 | 308 return retval; |
7 | 309 } |
310 | |
311 /* | |
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
315 */ | |
316 static int | |
317 copy_indent(size, src) | |
318 int size; | |
319 char_u *src; | |
320 { | |
321 char_u *p = NULL; | |
322 char_u *line = NULL; | |
323 char_u *s; | |
324 int todo; | |
325 int ind_len; | |
326 int line_len = 0; | |
327 int tab_pad; | |
328 int ind_done; | |
329 int round; | |
330 | |
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
334 { | |
335 todo = size; | |
336 ind_len = 0; | |
337 ind_done = 0; | |
338 s = src; | |
339 | |
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
342 { | |
343 if (*s == TAB) | |
344 { | |
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
348 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
349 break; | |
350 todo -= tab_pad; | |
351 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
352 } | |
353 else | |
354 { | |
355 --todo; | |
356 ++ind_done; | |
357 } | |
358 ++ind_len; | |
840 | 359 if (p != NULL) |
7 | 360 *p++ = *s; |
361 ++s; | |
362 } | |
363 | |
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
366 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
367 { | |
368 todo -= tab_pad; | |
369 ++ind_len; | |
840 | 370 if (p != NULL) |
7 | 371 *p++ = TAB; |
372 } | |
373 | |
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
376 { | |
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
378 ++ind_len; | |
840 | 379 if (p != NULL) |
7 | 380 *p++ = TAB; |
381 } | |
382 | |
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
384 while (todo > 0) | |
385 { | |
386 --todo; | |
387 ++ind_len; | |
840 | 388 if (p != NULL) |
7 | 389 *p++ = ' '; |
390 } | |
391 | |
840 | 392 if (p == NULL) |
7 | 393 { |
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
395 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
398 if (line == NULL) | |
399 return FALSE; | |
400 p = line; | |
401 } | |
402 } | |
403 | |
404 /* Append the original line */ | |
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
406 | |
407 /* Replace the line */ | |
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
409 | |
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
412 return TRUE; | |
413 } | |
414 | |
415 /* | |
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
41 | 418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
7 | 419 */ |
420 int | |
421 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
422 linenr_T lnum; | |
423 { | |
424 colnr_T col; | |
425 pos_T pos; | |
41 | 426 regmmatch_T regmatch; |
7 | 427 |
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
429 return -1; | |
41 | 430 pos.lnum = 0; |
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
433 { | |
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
410 | 435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0; |
1521 | 436 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL)) | |
41 | 438 { |
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum; | |
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
441 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
442 pos.coladd = 0; | |
443 #endif | |
444 } | |
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
446 } | |
447 | |
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
7 | 449 return -1; |
450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
451 return (int)col; | |
452 } | |
453 | |
454 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) | |
455 | |
456 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
457 | |
458 /* | |
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
460 */ | |
461 static int | |
462 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
463 char_u *line; | |
464 { | |
465 char_u *cinw; | |
466 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
467 int cinw_len; | |
468 int retval = FALSE; | |
469 int len; | |
470 | |
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
474 { | |
475 line = skipwhite(line); | |
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
477 { | |
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
481 { | |
482 retval = TRUE; | |
483 break; | |
484 } | |
485 } | |
486 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
487 } | |
488 return retval; | |
489 } | |
490 #endif | |
491 | |
492 /* | |
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
494 * | |
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
497 * | |
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
500 * new line. | |
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
505 * | |
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
507 */ | |
508 int | |
509 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent) | |
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ | |
511 int flags; | |
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */ | |
513 { | |
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
522 int n; | |
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
525 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
530 #endif | |
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
532 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
534 char_u *p; | |
535 #endif | |
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
537 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
538 pos_T *pos; | |
539 #endif | |
540 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
542 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
544 # endif | |
545 ); | |
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
548 #endif | |
549 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
550 int vreplace_mode; | |
551 #endif | |
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
554 | |
555 /* | |
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
557 */ | |
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
560 return FALSE; | |
561 | |
562 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
564 { | |
565 /* | |
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
573 */ | |
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
576 else | |
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
579 goto theend; | |
580 | |
581 /* | |
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
586 * etc) a bit later. | |
587 */ | |
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
589 replace_push(NUL); | |
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
591 while (*p != NUL) | |
1470 | 592 { |
593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
594 if (has_mbyte) | |
595 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
596 else | |
597 #endif | |
598 replace_push(*p++); | |
599 } | |
7 | 600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
601 } | |
602 #endif | |
603 | |
604 if ((State & INSERT) | |
605 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
607 #endif | |
608 ) | |
609 { | |
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
611 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
613 { | |
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
615 first_char = *p; | |
616 } | |
617 #endif | |
618 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
620 #endif | |
621 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
622 *p_extra = NUL; | |
623 } | |
624 | |
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
626 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
627 did_si = FALSE; | |
628 #endif | |
629 ai_col = 0; | |
630 | |
631 /* | |
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
635 */ | |
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
637 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
638 | |
639 /* | |
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
641 * indent to use for the new line. | |
642 */ | |
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
644 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
645 || do_si | |
646 #endif | |
647 ) | |
648 { | |
649 /* | |
650 * count white space on current line | |
651 */ | |
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
653 if (newindent == 0) | |
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
655 | |
656 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
657 /* | |
658 * Do smart indenting. | |
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
662 * "if (condition) {" | |
663 */ | |
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
666 { | |
667 char_u *ptr; | |
668 char_u last_char; | |
669 | |
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
671 ptr = saved_line; | |
672 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE); | |
675 else | |
676 lead_len = 0; | |
677 # endif | |
678 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
679 { | |
680 /* | |
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
682 * recognised as comments. | |
683 */ | |
684 if ( | |
685 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
686 lead_len == 0 && | |
687 # endif | |
688 ptr[0] == '#') | |
689 { | |
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
692 newindent = get_indent(); | |
693 } | |
694 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE); | |
697 else | |
698 lead_len = 0; | |
699 if (lead_len > 0) | |
700 { | |
701 /* | |
702 * This case gets the following right: | |
703 * \* | |
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
705 * *\ | |
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
707 * This should line up here; | |
708 */ | |
709 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
711 p++; | |
712 if (p[0] == '*') | |
713 { | |
714 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
715 { | |
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
717 { | |
718 /* | |
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
720 * with the line containing the start of | |
721 * the comment | |
722 */ | |
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
725 { | |
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
727 newindent = get_indent(); | |
728 } | |
729 } | |
730 } | |
731 } | |
732 } | |
733 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
734 # endif | |
735 { | |
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
739 --p; | |
740 last_char = *p; | |
741 | |
742 /* | |
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
744 */ | |
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
746 { | |
747 if (p > ptr) | |
748 --p; | |
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
750 --p; | |
751 } | |
752 /* | |
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
754 * lines. eg: | |
755 * if (condition && | |
756 * condition) { | |
757 * Should line up here! | |
758 * } | |
759 */ | |
760 if (*p == ')') | |
761 { | |
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
764 { | |
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
766 newindent = get_indent(); | |
767 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
768 } | |
769 } | |
770 /* | |
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
772 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
773 */ | |
774 if (last_char == '{') | |
775 { | |
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
778 } | |
779 /* | |
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
782 * '}'. | |
783 */ | |
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
786 did_si = TRUE; | |
787 } | |
788 } | |
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
790 { | |
791 /* | |
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
793 * recognised as comments. | |
794 */ | |
795 if ( | |
796 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
797 lead_len == 0 && | |
798 # endif | |
799 ptr[0] == '#') | |
800 { | |
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
802 | |
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
805 { | |
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
807 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
808 else | |
809 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
811 } | |
812 if (was_backslashed) | |
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
814 else | |
815 newindent = get_indent(); | |
816 } | |
817 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
819 did_si = TRUE; | |
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
821 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
822 } | |
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
824 } | |
825 if (do_si) | |
826 can_si = TRUE; | |
827 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
828 | |
829 did_ai = TRUE; | |
830 } | |
831 | |
832 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
833 /* | |
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
836 */ | |
837 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD); | |
840 else | |
841 lead_len = 0; | |
842 if (lead_len > 0) | |
843 { | |
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
850 int current_flag; | |
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
852 char_u *p2; | |
853 | |
854 /* | |
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
857 */ | |
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
859 { | |
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
861 { | |
862 require_blank = TRUE; | |
863 continue; | |
864 } | |
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
866 { | |
867 current_flag = *p; | |
868 if (*p == COM_START) | |
869 { | |
870 /* | |
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
872 */ | |
873 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
874 { | |
875 lead_len = 0; | |
876 break; | |
877 } | |
878 | |
879 /* find start of middle part */ | |
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
881 require_blank = FALSE; | |
882 } | |
883 | |
884 /* | |
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
886 */ | |
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
888 { | |
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
890 require_blank = TRUE; | |
891 ++p; | |
892 } | |
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
894 | |
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
896 { | |
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
900 ++p; | |
901 } | |
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
903 | |
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
906 | |
907 /* | |
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
909 * the comment leader. | |
910 */ | |
911 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
912 { | |
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
915 { | |
916 comment_end = p; | |
917 lead_len = 0; | |
918 break; | |
919 } | |
920 } | |
921 | |
922 /* | |
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
924 */ | |
925 if (lead_len > 0) | |
926 { | |
927 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
928 { | |
929 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
931 } | |
932 | |
933 /* | |
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
936 * comment leader on the next line. | |
937 */ | |
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
939 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
941 || (p_extra == NULL | |
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
943 || require_blank)) | |
944 extra_space = TRUE; | |
945 } | |
946 break; | |
947 } | |
948 if (*p == COM_END) | |
949 { | |
950 /* | |
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
953 * start (for C-comments). | |
954 */ | |
955 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
956 { | |
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
958 lead_len = 0; | |
959 break; | |
960 } | |
961 | |
962 /* | |
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
965 */ | |
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
967 --p; | |
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
970 ; | |
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
972 | |
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
974 * the comment-end */ | |
975 extra_space = TRUE; | |
976 | |
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
979 { | |
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
982 } | |
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
984 { | |
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
987 p2++; | |
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
989 } | |
990 break; | |
991 } | |
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
993 { | |
994 /* | |
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
997 */ | |
998 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
999 lead_len = 0; | |
1000 else | |
1001 { | |
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
1003 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
1004 } | |
1005 break; | |
1006 } | |
1007 } | |
1008 if (lead_len) | |
1009 { | |
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */ | |
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + | |
1012 extra_len + 1); | |
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ | |
1014 | |
1015 if (leader == NULL) | |
1016 lead_len = 0; | |
1017 else | |
1018 { | |
419 | 1019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
7 | 1020 |
1021 /* | |
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
1023 */ | |
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
1025 { | |
1026 int c = 0; | |
1027 int off = 0; | |
1028 | |
1996 | 1029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
7 | 1030 { |
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
1996 | 1032 c = *p++; |
7 | 1033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
1034 off = getdigits(&p); | |
1996 | 1035 else |
1036 ++p; | |
7 | 1037 } |
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
1039 { | |
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
1043 ; | |
1044 ++p; | |
17 | 1045 |
1046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
1049 { | |
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
1051 lead_repl_len); | |
1052 int old_size = 0; | |
1053 char_u *endp = p; | |
1054 int l; | |
1055 | |
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
1057 { | |
39 | 1058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
17 | 1059 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
1060 } | |
835 | 1061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
17 | 1062 if (l != 0) |
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
1065 lead_len += l; | |
1066 } | |
1067 #else | |
7 | 1068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
1069 p = leader; | |
1070 else | |
1071 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
17 | 1072 #endif |
7 | 1073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
1076 | |
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
1078 while (--p >= leader) | |
17 | 1079 { |
1080 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
1082 | |
1083 if (l > 1) | |
1084 { | |
1085 p -= l; | |
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
1087 { | |
1088 p[1] = ' '; | |
1089 --l; | |
1090 } | |
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
1093 lead_len -= l; | |
1094 *p = ' '; | |
1095 } | |
1096 else | |
1097 #endif | |
7 | 1098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
1099 *p = ' '; | |
17 | 1100 } |
7 | 1101 } |
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
1103 { | |
1104 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
17 | 1105 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
1108 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
1109 { | |
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
1111 lead_repl_len); | |
1112 int i; | |
1113 int l; | |
1114 | |
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
1116 { | |
474 | 1117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
17 | 1118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
1119 break; | |
1120 } | |
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
1122 { | |
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
2002 | 1124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
17 | 1125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
1126 } | |
1127 } | |
1128 #endif | |
7 | 1129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
1130 | |
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
1133 * remain the same. */ | |
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
1136 { | |
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
1139 { | |
1140 --lead_len; | |
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
1143 } | |
1144 else | |
17 | 1145 { |
1146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 1147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
17 | 1148 |
1149 if (l > 1) | |
1150 { | |
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
1152 { | |
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
1154 * two spaces */ | |
1155 --l; | |
1156 *p++ = ' '; | |
1157 } | |
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
1160 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
1161 } | |
1162 #endif | |
7 | 1163 *p = ' '; |
17 | 1164 } |
7 | 1165 } |
1166 *p = NUL; | |
1167 } | |
1168 | |
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
1171 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1172 || do_si | |
1173 #endif | |
1174 ) | |
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
1176 | |
1177 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
1178 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
1179 { | |
1180 off = -newindent; | |
1181 newindent = 0; | |
1182 } | |
1183 else | |
1184 newindent += off; | |
1185 | |
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
1187 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
1190 { | |
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
1193 break; | |
1194 --lead_len; | |
1195 --off; | |
1196 } | |
1197 | |
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
1199 * extra space */ | |
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
1201 extra_space = FALSE; | |
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
1203 } | |
1204 | |
1205 if (extra_space) | |
1206 { | |
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
1209 } | |
1210 | |
1211 newcol = lead_len; | |
1212 | |
1213 /* | |
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
1215 * is in the comment leader | |
1216 */ | |
1217 if (newindent | |
1218 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1219 || did_si | |
1220 #endif | |
1221 ) | |
1222 { | |
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
1224 { | |
1225 --lead_len; | |
1226 --newcol; | |
1227 ++leader; | |
1228 } | |
1229 } | |
1230 | |
1231 } | |
1232 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
1234 #endif | |
1235 } | |
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
1237 { | |
1238 /* | |
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
1242 * comment. | |
1243 */ | |
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
1246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1247 || do_si | |
1248 #endif | |
1249 )) | |
1250 { | |
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
1254 { | |
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
1256 newindent = get_indent(); | |
1257 } | |
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
1259 } | |
1260 } | |
1261 } | |
1262 #endif | |
1263 | |
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
1265 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
1266 { | |
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
1268 | |
1269 /* | |
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
1271 * non-blank. | |
1272 * | |
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
1275 */ | |
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
1279 { | |
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
1281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1282 && (!enc_utf8 | |
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
1284 #endif | |
1285 ) | |
1286 { | |
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
1288 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
1289 ++p_extra; | |
1290 ++less_cols_off; | |
1291 } | |
1292 } | |
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
1295 | |
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
1298 } | |
1299 | |
1300 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
1302 | |
1303 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
1305 if (lead_len) | |
1306 { | |
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); | |
1308 p_extra = leader; | |
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
1310 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
1311 } | |
1312 else | |
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
1314 #endif | |
1315 | |
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1319 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
1321 #endif | |
1322 { | |
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
1324 == FAIL) | |
1325 goto theend; | |
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
1327 * with markers. */ | |
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
1329 did_append = TRUE; | |
1330 } | |
1331 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1332 else | |
1333 { | |
1334 /* | |
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
1336 */ | |
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
1339 { | |
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
1342 */ | |
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
1344 vr_lines_changed++; | |
1345 } | |
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
1349 did_append = FALSE; | |
1350 } | |
1351 #endif | |
1352 | |
1353 if (newindent | |
1354 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1355 || did_si | |
1356 #endif | |
1357 ) | |
1358 { | |
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1360 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1361 if (did_si) | |
1362 { | |
1363 if (p_sr) | |
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
1366 } | |
1367 #endif | |
1324 | 1368 /* Copy the indent */ |
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
7 | 1370 { |
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
1372 | |
1373 /* | |
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
1377 */ | |
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
1379 } | |
1380 else | |
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1383 | |
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1385 | |
1386 /* | |
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
1389 */ | |
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
1392 replace_push(NUL); | |
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1394 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1395 if (no_si) | |
1396 did_si = FALSE; | |
1397 #endif | |
1398 } | |
1399 | |
1400 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
1401 /* | |
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
1404 */ | |
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
1407 replace_push(NUL); | |
1408 #endif | |
1409 | |
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
1411 | |
1412 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
1413 { | |
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
1415 { | |
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
1422 saved_line = NULL; | |
1423 if (did_append) | |
1424 { | |
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
1427 did_append = FALSE; | |
1428 | |
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
1434 } | |
1435 else | |
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
1437 } | |
1438 | |
1439 /* | |
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
1442 */ | |
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
1444 } | |
1445 if (did_append) | |
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
1447 | |
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
1449 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1451 #endif | |
1452 | |
1453 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
1454 /* | |
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
1457 * normal INSERT mode. | |
1458 */ | |
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1460 { | |
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
1462 State = INSERT; | |
1463 } | |
1464 else | |
1465 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
1466 #endif | |
1467 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
1468 /* | |
1469 * May do lisp indenting. | |
1470 */ | |
1471 if (!p_paste | |
1472 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
1473 && leader == NULL | |
1474 # endif | |
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
1477 { | |
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
1479 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
1481 } | |
1482 #endif | |
1483 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1484 /* | |
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
1486 */ | |
1487 if (!p_paste | |
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
1489 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
1491 # endif | |
1492 ) | |
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
1496 { | |
1497 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
1498 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
1500 } | |
1501 #endif | |
1502 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
1504 State = vreplace_mode; | |
1505 #endif | |
1506 | |
1507 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1508 /* | |
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
1512 */ | |
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1514 { | |
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
1517 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
1518 goto theend; | |
1519 | |
1520 /* Put back original line */ | |
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
1522 | |
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1525 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1527 #endif | |
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
1529 vim_free(p_extra); | |
1530 next_line = NULL; | |
1531 } | |
1532 #endif | |
1533 | |
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
1535 theend: | |
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
1537 vim_free(saved_line); | |
1538 vim_free(next_line); | |
1539 vim_free(allocated); | |
1540 return retval; | |
1541 } | |
1542 | |
1543 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
1544 /* | |
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string | |
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is | |
1547 * returned. | |
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized | |
1549 * comment leader. | |
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
1551 */ | |
1552 int | |
1553 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward) | |
1554 char_u *line; | |
1555 char_u **flags; | |
1556 int backward; | |
1557 { | |
1558 int i, j; | |
1559 int got_com = FALSE; | |
1560 int found_one; | |
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
1563 char_u *list; | |
1564 | |
1565 i = 0; | |
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ | |
1567 ++i; | |
1568 | |
1569 /* | |
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
1571 */ | |
1572 while (line[i]) | |
1573 { | |
1574 /* | |
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
1576 */ | |
1577 found_one = FALSE; | |
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
1579 { | |
1580 /* | |
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
1582 * put string at start of string. | |
1583 */ | |
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */ | |
1585 *flags = list; | |
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
1589 continue; | |
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
1591 | |
1592 /* | |
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
1594 * nested comments. | |
1595 */ | |
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) | |
1597 continue; | |
1598 | |
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */ | |
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) | |
1601 continue; | |
1602 | |
1603 /* | |
1604 * Line contents and string must match. | |
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
1607 * TABs and spaces). | |
1608 */ | |
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
1610 { | |
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
1612 continue; | |
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
1614 ++string; | |
1615 } | |
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
1617 ; | |
1618 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
1619 continue; | |
1620 | |
1621 /* | |
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
1624 */ | |
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
1627 continue; | |
1628 | |
1629 /* | |
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
1631 */ | |
1632 i += j; | |
1633 got_com = TRUE; | |
1634 found_one = TRUE; | |
1635 break; | |
1636 } | |
1637 | |
1638 /* | |
1639 * No match found, stop scanning. | |
1640 */ | |
1641 if (!found_one) | |
1642 break; | |
1643 | |
1644 /* | |
1645 * Include any trailing white space. | |
1646 */ | |
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
1648 ++i; | |
1649 | |
1650 /* | |
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. | |
1652 */ | |
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) | |
1654 break; | |
1655 } | |
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0); | |
1657 } | |
1658 #endif | |
1659 | |
1660 /* | |
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
1662 */ | |
1663 int | |
1664 plines(lnum) | |
1665 linenr_T lnum; | |
1666 { | |
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
1668 } | |
1669 | |
1670 int | |
1671 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
1672 win_T *wp; | |
1673 linenr_T lnum; | |
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
1675 { | |
1676 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
1678 * is one line anyway. */ | |
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
1680 } | |
1681 | |
1682 int | |
1683 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
1684 linenr_T lnum; | |
1685 { | |
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
1687 } | |
1688 | |
1689 int | |
1690 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
1691 win_T *wp; | |
1692 linenr_T lnum; | |
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
1694 { | |
1695 #endif | |
1696 int lines; | |
1697 | |
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
1699 return 1; | |
1700 | |
1701 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
1703 return 1; | |
1704 #endif | |
1705 | |
1706 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
1710 return 1; | |
1711 #endif | |
1712 | |
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
1715 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
1716 return lines; | |
1717 } | |
1718 | |
1719 /* | |
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
1722 */ | |
1723 int | |
1724 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
1725 win_T *wp; | |
1726 linenr_T lnum; | |
1727 { | |
1728 char_u *s; | |
1729 long col; | |
1730 int width; | |
1731 | |
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
1734 return 1; | |
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
1736 | |
1737 /* | |
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
1739 * extra column. | |
1740 */ | |
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
1742 col += 1; | |
1743 | |
1744 /* | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
7 | 1746 */ |
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
1748 if (width <= 0) | |
1749 return 32000; | |
1750 if (col <= width) | |
1751 return 1; | |
1752 col -= width; | |
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
1755 } | |
1756 | |
1757 /* | |
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
1760 */ | |
1761 int | |
1762 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
1763 win_T *wp; | |
1764 linenr_T lnum; | |
1765 long column; | |
1766 { | |
1767 long col; | |
1768 char_u *s; | |
1769 int lines = 0; | |
1770 int width; | |
1771 | |
1772 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
1774 * is one line anyway. */ | |
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
1776 #endif | |
1777 | |
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
1779 return lines + 1; | |
1780 | |
1781 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
1783 return lines + 1; | |
1784 #endif | |
1785 | |
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
1787 | |
1788 col = 0; | |
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
1790 { | |
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); | |
39 | 1792 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
7 | 1793 } |
1794 | |
1795 /* | |
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
1800 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
1801 */ | |
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; | |
1804 | |
1805 /* | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
7 | 1807 */ |
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
1023 | 1809 if (width <= 0) |
1810 return 9999; | |
1811 | |
1812 lines += 1; | |
1813 if (col > width) | |
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
1815 return lines; | |
7 | 1816 } |
1817 | |
1818 int | |
1819 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
1820 win_T *wp; | |
1821 linenr_T first, last; | |
1822 { | |
1823 int count = 0; | |
1824 | |
1825 while (first <= last) | |
1826 { | |
1827 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1828 int x; | |
1829 | |
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
1831 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
1833 if (x > 0) | |
1834 { | |
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
1836 first += x; | |
1837 } | |
1838 else | |
1839 #endif | |
1840 { | |
1841 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
1844 else | |
1845 #endif | |
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
1847 ++first; | |
1848 } | |
1849 } | |
1850 return (count); | |
1851 } | |
1852 | |
1853 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
1854 /* | |
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
1857 */ | |
1858 void | |
1859 ins_bytes(p) | |
1860 char_u *p; | |
1861 { | |
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
1863 } | |
1864 #endif | |
1865 | |
1866 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
1868 /* | |
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
1871 */ | |
1872 void | |
1873 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
1874 char_u *p; | |
1875 int len; | |
1876 { | |
1877 int i; | |
1878 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1879 int n; | |
1880 | |
1617 | 1881 if (has_mbyte) |
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
1883 { | |
1884 if (enc_utf8) | |
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
1887 else | |
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
1890 } | |
1891 else | |
7 | 1892 # endif |
1617 | 1893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
1894 ins_char(p[i]); | |
7 | 1895 } |
1896 #endif | |
1897 | |
1898 /* | |
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
1903 * convert bytes to a character. | |
1904 */ | |
1905 void | |
1906 ins_char(c) | |
1907 int c; | |
1908 { | |
1909 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
1911 int n; | |
1912 | |
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
1914 | |
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
1917 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
1918 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
1919 | |
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
1921 } | |
1922 | |
1923 void | |
1924 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
1925 char_u *buf; | |
1926 int charlen; | |
1927 { | |
1928 int c = buf[0]; | |
1929 #endif | |
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
1932 char_u *p; | |
1933 char_u *newp; | |
1934 char_u *oldp; | |
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
1936 colnr_T col; | |
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1938 int i; | |
1939 | |
1940 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
1944 #endif | |
1945 | |
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
1949 | |
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
1951 oldlen = 0; | |
1952 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1953 newlen = charlen; | |
1954 #else | |
1955 newlen = 1; | |
1956 #endif | |
1957 | |
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1959 { | |
1960 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1962 { | |
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1964 colnr_T vcol; | |
1965 int old_list; | |
1966 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1967 char_u buf[2]; | |
1968 #endif | |
1969 | |
1970 /* | |
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
1974 */ | |
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
1978 | |
1979 /* | |
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
1984 */ | |
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
1986 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1987 buf[0] = c; | |
1988 buf[1] = NUL; | |
1989 #endif | |
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
1992 { | |
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
1995 * position. */ | |
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
1997 break; | |
1998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 1999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
7 | 2000 #else |
2001 ++oldlen; | |
2002 #endif | |
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
2006 } | |
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
2008 } | |
2009 else | |
2010 #endif | |
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
2012 { | |
2013 /* normal replace */ | |
2014 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 2015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
7 | 2016 #else |
2017 oldlen = 1; | |
2018 #endif | |
2019 } | |
2020 | |
2021 | |
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
2026 replace_push(NUL); | |
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
2028 { | |
2029 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1470 | 2030 if (has_mbyte) |
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
2032 else | |
2033 #endif | |
2034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
7 | 2035 } |
2036 } | |
2037 | |
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
2039 if (newp == NULL) | |
2040 return; | |
2041 | |
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
2043 if (col > 0) | |
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
2045 | |
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
2047 p = newp + col; | |
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
2050 | |
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
2052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
2054 i = charlen; | |
2055 #else | |
2056 *p = c; | |
2057 i = 1; | |
2058 #endif | |
2059 | |
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
2061 while (i < newlen) | |
2062 p[i++] = ' '; | |
2063 | |
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
2066 | |
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
2069 | |
2070 /* | |
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
2073 */ | |
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
2075 && msg_silent == 0 | |
2076 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2077 && charlen == 1 | |
2078 #endif | |
674 | 2079 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
2080 && !ins_compl_active() | |
2081 #endif | |
7 | 2082 ) |
2083 showmatch(c); | |
2084 | |
2085 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
2087 #endif | |
2088 { | |
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
2090 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
2092 #else | |
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2094 #endif | |
2095 } | |
2096 /* | |
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
2098 */ | |
2099 } | |
2100 | |
2101 /* | |
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
2105 */ | |
2106 void | |
2107 ins_str(s) | |
2108 char_u *s; | |
2109 { | |
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
2112 int oldlen; | |
2113 colnr_T col; | |
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
2115 | |
2116 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2119 #endif | |
2120 | |
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
2124 | |
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
2126 if (newp == NULL) | |
2127 return; | |
2128 if (col > 0) | |
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
2135 } | |
2136 | |
2137 /* | |
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
2141 * | |
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2143 */ | |
2144 int | |
2145 del_char(fixpos) | |
2146 int fixpos; | |
2147 { | |
2148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2149 if (has_mbyte) | |
2150 { | |
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
2152 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
2154 return FAIL; | |
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
2156 } | |
2157 #endif | |
610 | 2158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
7 | 2159 } |
2160 | |
2161 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
2162 /* | |
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
2164 */ | |
2165 int | |
2166 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
2167 long count; | |
2168 int fixpos; | |
2169 { | |
2170 long bytes = 0; | |
2171 long i; | |
2172 char_u *p; | |
2173 int l; | |
2174 | |
2175 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
2177 { | |
474 | 2178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
7 | 2179 bytes += l; |
2180 p += l; | |
2181 } | |
610 | 2182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
7 | 2183 } |
2184 #endif | |
2185 | |
2186 /* | |
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
2190 * | |
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2192 */ | |
2193 int | |
777 | 2194 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
7 | 2195 long count; |
777 | 2196 int fixpos_arg; |
1877 | 2197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
7 | 2198 { |
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
2200 colnr_T oldlen; | |
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2203 int was_alloced; | |
2204 long movelen; | |
777 | 2205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
7 | 2206 |
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
2209 | |
2210 /* | |
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
2212 */ | |
2213 if (col >= oldlen) | |
2214 return FAIL; | |
2215 | |
2216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
2218 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
610 | 2219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
7 | 2221 { |
714 | 2222 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
7 | 2223 int n; |
2224 | |
714 | 2225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
7 | 2227 { |
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
2229 n = col; | |
2230 do | |
2231 { | |
2232 col = n; | |
474 | 2233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
7 | 2234 n += count; |
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
2236 fixpos = 0; | |
2237 } | |
2238 } | |
2239 #endif | |
2240 | |
2241 /* | |
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
2243 */ | |
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
2245 if (movelen <= 1) | |
2246 { | |
2247 /* | |
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
777 | 2249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
7 | 2251 */ |
777 | 2252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
2253 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
2255 #endif | |
2256 ) | |
7 | 2257 { |
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2259 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
2261 #endif | |
2262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2263 if (has_mbyte) | |
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
2266 #endif | |
2267 } | |
2268 count = oldlen - col; | |
2269 movelen = 1; | |
2270 } | |
2271 | |
2272 /* | |
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
1532 | 2275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
2277 * care of notifiying Netbeans. | |
7 | 2278 */ |
2279 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 2280 if (netbeans_active()) |
1532 | 2281 was_alloced = FALSE; |
2282 else | |
2283 #endif | |
2284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
7 | 2285 if (was_alloced) |
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
2287 else | |
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
2290 if (newp == NULL) | |
2291 return FAIL; | |
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
2293 } | |
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
2295 if (!was_alloced) | |
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
2297 | |
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
2300 | |
2301 return OK; | |
2302 } | |
2303 | |
2304 /* | |
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
2307 * | |
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2309 */ | |
2310 int | |
2311 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
2313 { | |
2314 char_u *newp; | |
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2317 | |
2318 if (col == 0) | |
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
2320 else | |
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
2322 | |
2323 if (newp == NULL) | |
2324 return FAIL; | |
2325 | |
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
2327 | |
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
2330 | |
2331 /* | |
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
2333 */ | |
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2336 | |
2337 return OK; | |
2338 } | |
2339 | |
2340 /* | |
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
2343 */ | |
2344 void | |
2345 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
2348 { | |
2349 long n; | |
1929 | 2350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
7 | 2351 |
2352 if (nlines <= 0) | |
2353 return; | |
2354 | |
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
1929 | 2356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
7 | 2357 return; |
2358 | |
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
2360 { | |
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
2362 break; | |
2363 | |
1929 | 2364 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
7 | 2365 ++n; |
2366 | |
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
1929 | 2368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
7 | 2369 break; |
2370 } | |
1929 | 2371 |
2372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
7 | 2374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
2375 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
1929 | 2376 |
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
7 | 2379 } |
2380 | |
2381 int | |
2382 gchar_pos(pos) | |
2383 pos_T *pos; | |
2384 { | |
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
2386 | |
2387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2388 if (has_mbyte) | |
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
2390 #endif | |
2391 return (int)*ptr; | |
2392 } | |
2393 | |
2394 int | |
2395 gchar_cursor() | |
2396 { | |
2397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2398 if (has_mbyte) | |
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
2400 #endif | |
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
2402 } | |
2403 | |
2404 /* | |
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
2406 * It is directly written into the block. | |
2407 */ | |
2408 void | |
2409 pchar_cursor(c) | |
2410 int c; | |
2411 { | |
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
2414 } | |
2415 | |
2416 #if 0 /* not used */ | |
2417 /* | |
2418 * Put *pos at end of current buffer | |
2419 */ | |
2420 void | |
2421 goto_endofbuf(pos) | |
2422 pos_T *pos; | |
2423 { | |
2424 char_u *p; | |
2425 | |
2426 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
2427 pos->col = 0; | |
2428 p = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
2429 while (*p++) | |
2430 ++pos->col; | |
2431 } | |
2432 #endif | |
2433 | |
2434 /* | |
2435 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
2436 * non-blank in the line. | |
2437 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
2438 * the line. | |
2439 */ | |
2440 int | |
2441 inindent(extra) | |
2442 int extra; | |
2443 { | |
2444 char_u *ptr; | |
2445 colnr_T col; | |
2446 | |
2447 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
2448 ++ptr; | |
2449 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
2450 return TRUE; | |
2451 else | |
2452 return FALSE; | |
2453 } | |
2454 | |
2455 /* | |
2456 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
2457 */ | |
2458 char_u * | |
2459 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
2460 char_u *p; | |
2461 { | |
2462 if (*p == ',') | |
2463 ++p; | |
2464 while (*p == ' ') | |
2465 ++p; | |
2466 return p; | |
2467 } | |
2468 | |
2469 /* | |
2288 | 2470 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
7 | 2471 * |
2472 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
2473 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
2288 | 2474 * |
2475 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
7 | 2476 */ |
2477 void | |
2478 changed() | |
2479 { | |
2480 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
2481 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
2482 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
2483 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
2484 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
2485 return; | |
2486 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
2487 #endif | |
2488 | |
2489 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
2490 { | |
2491 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
2492 | |
819 | 2493 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
2494 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
7 | 2495 change_warning(0); |
819 | 2496 |
7 | 2497 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
2498 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
2499 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
2500 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
2501 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
2502 #endif | |
2503 ) | |
2504 { | |
2505 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
2506 | |
2507 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
2508 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
2509 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
2510 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
2511 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
2512 { | |
2513 out_flush(); | |
2514 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
2515 wait_return(TRUE); | |
2516 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
2517 } | |
2518 } | |
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2519 changed_int(); |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2520 } |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2521 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2522 } |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2523 |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2524 /* |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2525 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2526 */ |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2527 void |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2528 changed_int() |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2529 { |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2530 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2531 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
7 | 2532 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2533 check_status(curbuf); |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2534 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
7 | 2535 #endif |
2536 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2537 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2538 #endif |
7 | 2539 } |
2540 | |
265 | 2541 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
2542 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
7 | 2543 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
2544 | |
2545 /* | |
2546 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
2547 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
2548 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
2549 * - invalidates cached values | |
2288 | 2550 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
7 | 2551 */ |
2552 void | |
2553 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
2554 linenr_T lnum; | |
2555 colnr_T col; | |
2556 { | |
265 | 2557 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
7 | 2558 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
265 | 2559 |
2560 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2561 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
2562 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
2563 { | |
2564 win_T *wp; | |
2565 linenr_T wlnum; | |
2566 | |
2567 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
2568 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
2569 { | |
2570 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
2571 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
2572 if (wlnum > 0) | |
2573 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
2574 } | |
2575 } | |
2576 #endif | |
7 | 2577 } |
2578 | |
2579 static void | |
265 | 2580 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
2581 buf_T *buf; | |
7 | 2582 linenr_T lnum; |
2583 { | |
265 | 2584 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
7 | 2585 { |
2586 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
265 | 2587 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
2588 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
2589 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
2590 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
7 | 2591 } |
2592 else | |
2593 { | |
2594 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
265 | 2595 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
2596 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
2597 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
2598 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
7 | 2599 } |
2600 } | |
2601 | |
2602 /* | |
2603 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
2604 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
2605 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
2606 */ | |
2607 void | |
2608 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
2609 linenr_T lnum; | |
2610 long count; | |
2611 { | |
2612 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
2613 } | |
2614 | |
2615 /* | |
2616 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
2617 */ | |
2618 void | |
2619 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
2620 linenr_T lnum; | |
2621 long count; | |
2622 { | |
2623 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
2624 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
2625 } | |
2626 | |
2627 /* | |
2628 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
2629 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
2630 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
2631 */ | |
2632 void | |
2633 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
2634 linenr_T lnum; | |
2635 long count; | |
2636 { | |
2637 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
2638 } | |
2639 | |
2640 /* | |
2641 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
1929 | 2642 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
2643 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
7 | 2644 */ |
2645 void | |
2646 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
2647 linenr_T lnum; | |
2648 long count; | |
2649 { | |
2650 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
2651 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
2652 } | |
2653 | |
2654 /* | |
2655 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
2656 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
2657 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
2658 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
2659 * - invalidate cached values | |
2660 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
2661 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
2662 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
2663 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
2288 | 2664 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
7 | 2665 */ |
2666 void | |
2667 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
2668 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
2669 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
2670 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
2671 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
2672 { | |
265 | 2673 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
2674 | |
2675 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2676 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
2677 { | |
2678 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
2679 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
2680 * displaying. */ | |
2681 win_T *wp; | |
2682 linenr_T wlnum; | |
2683 | |
2684 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
2685 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
2686 { | |
2687 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
2688 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
2689 if (wlnum > 0) | |
2690 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
2691 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
2692 } | |
2693 } | |
2694 #endif | |
2695 | |
2696 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
2697 } | |
2698 | |
2699 static void | |
2700 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
2701 buf_T *buf; | |
2702 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
2703 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
2704 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
2705 { | |
2706 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
7 | 2707 { |
2708 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
265 | 2709 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
2710 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
2711 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
7 | 2712 { |
2713 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
265 | 2714 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
2715 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
2716 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
7 | 2717 } |
265 | 2718 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
2719 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
2720 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
7 | 2721 } |
2722 else | |
2723 { | |
2724 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
265 | 2725 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
2726 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
2727 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
2728 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
2729 } | |
7 | 2730 } |
2731 | |
2288 | 2732 /* |
2733 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
2734 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
2735 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
2736 */ | |
7 | 2737 static void |
2738 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
2739 linenr_T lnum; | |
2740 colnr_T col; | |
2741 linenr_T lnume; | |
2742 long xtra; | |
2743 { | |
2744 win_T *wp; | |
1863 | 2745 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
2746 tabpage_T *tp; | |
2747 #endif | |
7 | 2748 int i; |
2749 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
2750 int cols; | |
2751 pos_T *p; | |
2752 int add; | |
2753 #endif | |
2754 | |
2755 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
2756 changed(); | |
2757 | |
2758 /* set the '. mark */ | |
2759 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
2760 { | |
2761 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
2762 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
2763 | |
2764 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
2765 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
2766 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
2767 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
2768 { | |
2769 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
2770 add = TRUE; | |
2771 else | |
2772 { | |
2773 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
2774 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
2775 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
2776 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
2777 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
2778 add = TRUE; | |
2779 else | |
2780 { | |
2781 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
2782 if (cols == 0) | |
2783 cols = 79; | |
2784 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
2785 } | |
2786 } | |
2787 if (add) | |
2788 { | |
2789 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
2790 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
2791 * position in the changelist. */ | |
2792 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
2793 | |
2794 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
2795 { | |
2796 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
2797 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
2798 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
2799 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
1863 | 2800 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
7 | 2801 { |
2802 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
2803 * this buffer. */ | |
2804 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
2805 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
2806 } | |
2807 } | |
1863 | 2808 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
7 | 2809 { |
2810 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
2811 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
2812 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
2813 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
2814 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
2815 } | |
2816 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
2817 } | |
2818 } | |
2819 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
2820 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
2821 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
2822 * takes you back to it. */ | |
2823 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
2824 #endif | |
2825 } | |
2826 | |
1863 | 2827 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
7 | 2828 { |
2829 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
2830 { | |
2831 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
2832 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
2833 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
2834 | |
2835 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
2836 * values for the cursor. */ | |
2837 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2838 /* | |
2839 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
2840 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
2841 */ | |
2842 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
2843 | |
2844 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
2845 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
2846 * might be displayed differently. | |
2847 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
2848 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
2849 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
2850 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
2851 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
2852 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
2853 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
2854 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
2855 | |
2856 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
2857 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
2858 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
2859 { | |
2860 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
2861 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
2862 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
2863 } | |
2864 #endif | |
2865 | |
2866 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
2867 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
2868 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
2869 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
2870 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
2871 { | |
2872 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
2873 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
2874 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
2875 } | |
2876 | |
2877 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
2878 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
2879 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
2880 * after the change. */ | |
2881 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
2882 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
2883 { | |
2884 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
2885 { | |
2886 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
2887 { | |
2888 /* line included in change */ | |
2889 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
2890 } | |
2891 else if (xtra != 0) | |
2892 { | |
2893 /* line below change */ | |
2894 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
2895 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2896 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
2897 #endif | |
2898 } | |
2899 } | |
2900 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2901 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
2902 { | |
2903 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
2904 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
2905 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
2906 } | |
2907 #endif | |
2908 } | |
1987 | 2909 |
2910 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2911 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
2912 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
2913 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
2914 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
2915 #endif | |
7 | 2916 } |
2917 } | |
2918 | |
2919 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
2920 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
2921 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
2922 must_redraw = VALID; | |
694 | 2923 |
2924 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2925 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
1010 | 2926 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
2927 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
694 | 2928 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
2929 #endif | |
7 | 2930 } |
2931 | |
2932 /* | |
2933 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
2934 */ | |
2935 void | |
2936 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
2937 buf_T *buf; | |
2938 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
2939 { | |
2940 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf))) | |
2941 { | |
2942 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
39 | 2943 ml_setflags(buf); |
7 | 2944 if (ff) |
2945 save_file_ff(buf); | |
2946 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
2947 check_status(buf); | |
673 | 2948 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
7 | 2949 #endif |
2950 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
2951 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
2952 #endif | |
2953 } | |
2954 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
2955 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2956 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
2957 #endif | |
2958 } | |
2959 | |
2960 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
2961 /* | |
2962 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
2963 * need to be updated | |
2964 */ | |
2965 void | |
2966 check_status(buf) | |
2967 buf_T *buf; | |
2968 { | |
2969 win_T *wp; | |
2970 | |
2971 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
2972 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
2973 { | |
2974 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
2975 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
2976 must_redraw = VALID; | |
2977 } | |
2978 } | |
2979 #endif | |
2980 | |
2981 /* | |
2982 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
2983 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
2984 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
548 | 2985 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
7 | 2986 * will be TRUE. |
2288 | 2987 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
7 | 2988 */ |
2989 void | |
2990 change_warning(col) | |
2991 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
2992 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
2993 { | |
1848 | 2994 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
2995 | |
7 | 2996 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
2997 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
2998 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2999 && !autocmd_busy | |
3000 #endif | |
3001 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
3002 { | |
3003 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
819 | 3004 ++curbuf_lock; |
7 | 3005 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
819 | 3006 --curbuf_lock; |
7 | 3007 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
3008 return; | |
3009 #endif | |
3010 /* | |
3011 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
3012 * be after the mode message. | |
3013 */ | |
3014 msg_start(); | |
3015 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
3016 msg_col = col; | |
16 | 3017 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
1848 | 3018 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
3019 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3020 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
3021 #endif | |
7 | 3022 msg_clr_eos(); |
3023 (void)msg_end(); | |
3024 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
3025 { | |
3026 out_flush(); | |
3027 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
3028 } | |
3029 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
3030 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
3031 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
3032 showmode(); | |
3033 } | |
3034 } | |
3035 | |
3036 /* | |
3037 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
3038 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
3039 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
3040 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
3041 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
3042 * | |
3043 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
3044 */ | |
3045 int | |
3046 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
3047 char_u *str; | |
3048 int direct; | |
3049 { | |
3050 int r = ' '; | |
3051 int save_State = State; | |
3052 | |
3053 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
3054 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
3055 ++no_wait_return; | |
3056 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
3057 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
3058 #endif | |
3059 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
3060 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
3061 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
3062 #endif | |
3063 ++no_mapping; | |
3064 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
3065 | |
3066 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
3067 { | |
3068 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
3069 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
3070 if (direct) | |
3071 r = get_keystroke(); | |
3072 else | |
1474 | 3073 r = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 3074 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
3075 r = 'n'; | |
3076 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
3077 out_flush(); | |
3078 } | |
3079 --no_wait_return; | |
3080 State = save_State; | |
3081 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
3082 setmouse(); | |
3083 #endif | |
3084 --no_mapping; | |
3085 --allow_keys; | |
3086 | |
3087 return r; | |
3088 } | |
3089 | |
3090 /* | |
3091 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
3092 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
3093 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
3094 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
3095 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
3096 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
3097 */ | |
3098 int | |
3099 get_keystroke() | |
3100 { | |
3101 #define CBUFLEN 151 | |
3102 char_u buf[CBUFLEN]; | |
3103 int len = 0; | |
3104 int n; | |
3105 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
964 | 3106 int waited = 0; |
7 | 3107 |
3108 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
3109 for (;;) | |
3110 { | |
3111 cursor_on(); | |
3112 out_flush(); | |
3113 | |
3114 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a | |
3115 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to | |
3116 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And | |
3117 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */ | |
3118 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3, | |
3119 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
3120 if (n > 0) | |
3121 { | |
3122 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
3123 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
3124 len += n; | |
964 | 3125 waited = 0; |
3126 } | |
3127 else if (len > 0) | |
3128 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
3129 | |
3130 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
3131 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0 | |
3132 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) | |
7 | 3133 continue; |
964 | 3134 |
7 | 3135 /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
3136 if (n > 0) | |
3137 len = n; | |
3138 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ | |
3139 continue; | |
3140 | |
3141 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
3142 n = buf[0]; | |
3143 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
3144 { | |
3145 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
3146 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
3147 || n == K_IGNORE | |
3148 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
3149 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
3150 || n == K_LEFTDRAG | |
3151 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
3152 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
3153 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
3154 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
3155 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
3156 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
3157 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
3158 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
3159 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
3160 || n == K_MOUSEUP | |
3161 || n == K_X1MOUSE | |
3162 || n == K_X1DRAG | |
3163 || n == K_X1RELEASE | |
3164 || n == K_X2MOUSE | |
3165 || n == K_X2DRAG | |
3166 || n == K_X2RELEASE | |
3167 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3168 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR | |
3169 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
3170 # endif | |
3171 #endif | |
3172 ) | |
3173 { | |
3174 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
3175 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
3176 len -= 3; | |
3177 if (len > 0) | |
3178 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
3179 continue; | |
3180 } | |
828 | 3181 break; |
7 | 3182 } |
3183 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3184 if (has_mbyte) | |
3185 { | |
3186 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
3187 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
3188 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL; | |
3189 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); | |
3190 } | |
3191 #endif | |
3192 #ifdef UNIX | |
3193 if (n == intr_char) | |
3194 n = ESC; | |
3195 #endif | |
3196 break; | |
3197 } | |
3198 | |
3199 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
3200 return n; | |
3201 } | |
3202 | |
3203 /* | |
374 | 3204 * Get a number from the user. |
3205 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
7 | 3206 */ |
3207 int | |
374 | 3208 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
3209 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
3210 int *mouse_used; | |
7 | 3211 { |
3212 int n = 0; | |
3213 int c; | |
810 | 3214 int typed = 0; |
7 | 3215 |
374 | 3216 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
3217 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
3218 | |
7 | 3219 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
3220 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
3221 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
3222 return 0; | |
3223 | |
3224 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
3225 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
3226 #endif | |
3227 ++no_mapping; | |
3228 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
3229 for (;;) | |
3230 { | |
3231 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
3232 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
3233 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
3234 { | |
3235 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
3236 msg_putchar(c); | |
810 | 3237 ++typed; |
7 | 3238 } |
3239 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
3240 { | |
810 | 3241 if (typed > 0) |
3242 { | |
3243 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
3244 --typed; | |
3245 } | |
7 | 3246 n /= 10; |
3247 } | |
374 | 3248 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
3249 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
3250 { | |
3251 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
3252 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
3253 break; | |
3254 } | |
3255 #endif | |
7 | 3256 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
3257 { | |
3258 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
3259 if (!exmode_active) | |
3260 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
3261 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
3262 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
3263 break; | |
3264 } | |
3265 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
3266 break; | |
3267 } | |
3268 --no_mapping; | |
3269 --allow_keys; | |
3270 return n; | |
3271 } | |
3272 | |
323 | 3273 /* |
3274 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
374 | 3275 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
3276 * the line number. | |
323 | 3277 */ |
3278 int | |
374 | 3279 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
3280 int *mouse_used; | |
323 | 3281 { |
3282 int i; | |
344 | 3283 int save_cmdline_row; |
3284 int save_State; | |
323 | 3285 |
3286 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
375 | 3287 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
1733 | 3288 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
375 | 3289 else |
1733 | 3290 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
344 | 3291 |
957 | 3292 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
3293 * get mouse events. */ | |
344 | 3294 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
957 | 3295 cmdline_row = 0; |
344 | 3296 save_State = State; |
957 | 3297 State = CMDLINE; |
374 | 3298 |
3299 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
3300 if (KeyTyped) | |
3301 { | |
3302 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
3303 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
323 | 3304 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
3305 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
3306 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
1938 | 3307 msg_didout = FALSE; |
323 | 3308 } |
344 | 3309 else |
3310 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
3311 State = save_State; | |
3312 | |
323 | 3313 return i; |
3314 } | |
3315 | |
7 | 3316 void |
3317 msgmore(n) | |
3318 long n; | |
3319 { | |
3320 long pn; | |
3321 | |
3322 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
3323 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
3324 return; | |
3325 | |
135 | 3326 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
3327 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
3328 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
3329 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
3330 return; | |
3331 | |
7 | 3332 if (n > 0) |
3333 pn = n; | |
3334 else | |
3335 pn = -n; | |
3336 | |
3337 if (pn > p_report) | |
3338 { | |
3339 if (pn == 1) | |
3340 { | |
3341 if (n > 0) | |
3342 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line")); | |
3343 else | |
3344 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less")); | |
3345 } | |
3346 else | |
3347 { | |
3348 if (n > 0) | |
3349 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
3350 else | |
3351 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
3352 } | |
3353 if (got_int) | |
3354 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)")); | |
3355 if (msg(msg_buf)) | |
3356 { | |
680 | 3357 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
135 | 3358 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
7 | 3359 } |
3360 } | |
3361 } | |
3362 | |
3363 /* | |
3364 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
3365 */ | |
3366 void | |
3367 beep_flush() | |
3368 { | |
3369 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
3370 { | |
3371 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
3372 vim_beep(); | |
3373 } | |
3374 } | |
3375 | |
3376 /* | |
3377 * give a warning for an error | |
3378 */ | |
3379 void | |
3380 vim_beep() | |
3381 { | |
3382 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
3383 { | |
3384 if (p_vb | |
3385 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3386 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
3387 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
3388 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
3389 #endif | |
3390 ) | |
3391 { | |
3392 out_str(T_VB); | |
3393 } | |
3394 else | |
3395 { | |
3396 #ifdef MSDOS | |
3397 /* | |
3398 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
3399 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
3400 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
3401 */ | |
3402 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
3403 { | |
3404 out_char(BELL); | |
3405 beep_count = 1; | |
3406 } | |
3407 else | |
3408 ++beep_count; | |
3409 #else | |
3410 out_char(BELL); | |
3411 #endif | |
3412 } | |
169 | 3413 |
3414 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
3415 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
3416 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
3417 { | |
3418 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
3419 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
3420 } | |
7 | 3421 } |
3422 } | |
3423 | |
3424 /* | |
3425 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
3426 * - get value of $HOME | |
3427 * For Unix: | |
3428 * - go to that directory | |
3429 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
3430 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
3431 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
3432 */ | |
3433 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
3434 | |
3435 void | |
3436 init_homedir() | |
3437 { | |
3438 char_u *var; | |
3439 | |
170 | 3440 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
3441 vim_free(homedir); | |
3442 homedir = NULL; | |
3443 | |
7 | 3444 #ifdef VMS |
3445 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
3446 #else | |
3447 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
3448 #endif | |
3449 | |
3450 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
3451 var = NULL; | |
3452 | |
3453 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
3454 /* | |
3455 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
3456 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
3457 * when $HOME is being set. | |
3458 */ | |
3459 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
3460 { | |
3461 char_u *p; | |
3462 char_u *exp; | |
3463 | |
3464 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
3465 if (p != NULL) | |
3466 { | |
419 | 3467 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
7 | 3468 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
3469 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
3470 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
3471 { | |
274 | 3472 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
7 | 3473 var = NameBuff; |
3474 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
3475 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
3476 } | |
3477 } | |
3478 } | |
3479 | |
3480 /* | |
3481 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
3482 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
3483 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
3484 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
3485 */ | |
3486 if (var == NULL) | |
3487 { | |
3488 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
3489 | |
3490 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
3491 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3492 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3493 homepath = "\\"; |
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3494 if (homedrive != NULL |
7 | 3495 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
3496 { | |
3497 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
3498 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
3499 { | |
3500 var = NameBuff; | |
3501 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
3502 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
3503 } | |
3504 } | |
3505 } | |
170 | 3506 |
3507 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
3508 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
3509 { | |
3510 int len; | |
3511 char_u *pp; | |
3512 | |
3513 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
3514 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
835 | 3515 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
170 | 3516 if (pp != NULL) |
3517 { | |
3518 homedir = pp; | |
3519 return; | |
3520 } | |
3521 } | |
3522 # endif | |
7 | 3523 #endif |
3524 | |
3525 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
3526 /* | |
3527 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
3528 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
3529 */ | |
3530 if (var == NULL) | |
3531 var = "C:/"; | |
3532 #endif | |
3533 if (var != NULL) | |
3534 { | |
3535 #ifdef UNIX | |
3536 /* | |
3537 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
3538 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
3539 */ | |
3540 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
3541 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
3542 { | |
3543 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
3544 var = IObuff; | |
3545 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
3546 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
3547 } | |
3548 #endif | |
3549 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
3550 } | |
3551 } | |
3552 | |
359 | 3553 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
3554 void | |
3555 free_homedir() | |
3556 { | |
3557 vim_free(homedir); | |
3558 } | |
3559 #endif | |
3560 | |
7 | 3561 /* |
1408 | 3562 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
3563 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
3564 * again soon. | |
3565 */ | |
3566 char_u * | |
3567 expand_env_save(src) | |
3568 char_u *src; | |
3569 { | |
3570 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
3571 } | |
3572 | |
3573 /* | |
3574 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
3575 * expand "~" at the start. | |
3576 */ | |
3577 char_u * | |
3578 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
3579 char_u *src; | |
3580 int one; | |
3581 { | |
3582 char_u *p; | |
3583 | |
3584 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
3585 if (p != NULL) | |
3586 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
3587 return p; | |
3588 } | |
3589 | |
3590 /* | |
7 | 3591 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
3592 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
1408 | 3593 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
7 | 3594 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
3595 */ | |
3596 void | |
3597 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
3598 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
3599 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
3600 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
3601 { | |
1408 | 3602 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
7 | 3603 } |
3604 | |
3605 void | |
1408 | 3606 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
374 | 3607 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
7 | 3608 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
3609 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
3610 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
1408 | 3611 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
374 | 3612 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
3613 { | |
3614 char_u *src; | |
7 | 3615 char_u *tail; |
3616 int c; | |
3617 char_u *var; | |
3618 int copy_char; | |
3619 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
3620 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
374 | 3621 int startstr_len = 0; |
3622 | |
3623 if (startstr != NULL) | |
835 | 3624 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
374 | 3625 |
3626 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
7 | 3627 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
3628 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
3629 { | |
3630 copy_char = TRUE; | |
22 | 3631 if ((*src == '$' |
3632 #ifdef VMS | |
3633 && at_start | |
3634 #endif | |
3635 ) | |
7 | 3636 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
3637 || *src == '%' | |
3638 #endif | |
3639 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
3640 { | |
3641 mustfree = FALSE; | |
3642 | |
3643 /* | |
3644 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
3645 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
3646 */ | |
3647 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
3648 { | |
3649 tail = src + 1; | |
3650 var = dst; | |
3651 c = dstlen - 1; | |
3652 | |
3653 #ifdef UNIX | |
3654 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
3655 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
3656 { | |
3657 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
3658 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
3659 *var++ = *tail++; | |
3660 } | |
3661 else | |
3662 #endif | |
3663 { | |
3664 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
3665 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
3666 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
3667 #endif | |
3668 )) | |
3669 { | |
3670 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
3671 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
3672 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
3673 #else | |
3674 *var++ = *tail++; | |
3675 #endif | |
3676 } | |
3677 } | |
3678 | |
3679 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
3680 # ifdef UNIX | |
3681 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
3682 # else | |
3683 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
3684 # endif | |
3685 var = NULL; | |
3686 else | |
3687 { | |
3688 # ifdef UNIX | |
3689 if (src[1] == '{') | |
3690 # else | |
3691 if (*src == '%') | |
3692 #endif | |
3693 ++tail; | |
3694 #endif | |
3695 *var = NUL; | |
3696 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
3697 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
3698 } | |
3699 #endif | |
3700 } | |
3701 /* home directory */ | |
3702 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
3703 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
3704 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
3705 { | |
3706 var = homedir; | |
3707 tail = src + 1; | |
3708 } | |
3709 else /* user directory */ | |
3710 { | |
3711 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
3712 /* | |
3713 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
3714 */ | |
3715 tail = src; | |
3716 var = dst; | |
3717 c = dstlen - 1; | |
3718 while ( c-- > 0 | |
3719 && *tail | |
3720 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
3721 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
3722 *var++ = *tail++; | |
3723 *var = NUL; | |
3724 # ifdef UNIX | |
3725 /* | |
3726 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
3727 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
3728 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
3729 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
3730 */ | |
3731 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
3732 { | |
3733 struct passwd *pw; | |
3734 | |
626 | 3735 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
3736 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
7 | 3737 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
3738 if (pw != NULL) | |
3739 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
3740 else | |
3741 var = NULL; | |
3742 } | |
3743 if (var == NULL) | |
3744 # endif | |
3745 { | |
3746 expand_T xpc; | |
3747 | |
3748 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
3749 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
3750 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
3751 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
3752 mustfree = TRUE; | |
3753 } | |
3754 | |
3755 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
3756 /* | |
3757 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
3758 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
3759 */ | |
3760 { | |
3761 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
3762 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
3763 struct stat st; | |
3764 | |
3765 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
3766 next_path = paths; | |
3767 while (*next_path) | |
3768 { | |
3769 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
3770 next_path++); | |
3771 if (*next_path) | |
3772 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
3773 STRCPY(test, path); | |
3774 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
3775 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
3776 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
3777 { | |
3778 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
3779 STRCPY(var, test); | |
3780 mustfree = TRUE; | |
3781 break; | |
3782 } | |
3783 } | |
3784 } | |
3785 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
3786 #else | |
3787 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
3788 var = NULL; | |
3789 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
3790 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
3791 } | |
3792 | |
3793 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
3794 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
3795 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
3796 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
3797 { | |
3798 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
3799 | |
3800 if (p != NULL) | |
3801 { | |
3802 if (mustfree) | |
3803 vim_free(var); | |
3804 var = p; | |
3805 mustfree = TRUE; | |
3806 forward_slash(var); | |
3807 } | |
3808 } | |
3809 #endif | |
3810 | |
3811 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
3812 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
3813 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
3814 { | |
3815 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
3816 | |
3817 if (p != NULL) | |
3818 { | |
3819 if (mustfree) | |
3820 vim_free(var); | |
3821 var = p; | |
3822 mustfree = TRUE; | |
3823 } | |
3824 } | |
3825 | |
3826 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
3827 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
3828 { | |
3829 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
3830 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
835 | 3831 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
7 | 3832 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
3833 * with it, skip a character */ | |
39 | 3834 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
7 | 3835 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
3836 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
3837 #endif | |
3838 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
3839 ++tail; | |
39 | 3840 dst += c; |
7 | 3841 src = tail; |
3842 copy_char = FALSE; | |
3843 } | |
3844 if (mustfree) | |
3845 vim_free(var); | |
3846 } | |
3847 | |
3848 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
3849 { | |
3850 /* | |
1224 | 3851 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
1408 | 3852 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
3853 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
7 | 3854 */ |
3855 at_start = FALSE; | |
3856 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
3857 { | |
3858 *dst++ = *src++; | |
3859 --dstlen; | |
3860 } | |
1408 | 3861 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
7 | 3862 at_start = TRUE; |
3863 *dst++ = *src++; | |
3864 --dstlen; | |
374 | 3865 |
3866 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
3867 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
3868 at_start = TRUE; | |
7 | 3869 } |
3870 } | |
3871 *dst = NUL; | |
3872 } | |
3873 | |
3874 /* | |
3875 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
3876 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
196 | 3877 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
7 | 3878 */ |
3879 char_u * | |
3880 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
3881 char_u *name; | |
3882 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */ | |
3883 { | |
3884 char_u *p; | |
3885 char_u *pend; | |
3886 int vimruntime; | |
3887 | |
3888 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
3889 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
3890 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
3891 return homedir; | |
3892 #endif | |
3893 | |
3894 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
3895 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
3896 p = NULL; | |
3897 | |
3898 if (p != NULL) | |
170 | 3899 { |
3900 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
3901 if (enc_utf8) | |
3902 { | |
3903 int len; | |
3904 char_u *pp; | |
3905 | |
3906 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
3907 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
835 | 3908 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
170 | 3909 if (pp != NULL) |
3910 { | |
3911 p = pp; | |
3912 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
3913 } | |
3914 } | |
3915 #endif | |
7 | 3916 return p; |
170 | 3917 } |
7 | 3918 |
3919 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
3920 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
3921 return NULL; | |
3922 | |
3923 /* | |
3924 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
3925 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
3926 */ | |
3927 if (vimruntime | |
3928 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
3929 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
3930 #endif | |
3931 ) | |
3932 { | |
3933 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
3934 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
3935 p = NULL; | |
3936 if (p != NULL) | |
3937 { | |
3938 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
3939 if (p != NULL) | |
3940 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
3941 else | |
3942 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
170 | 3943 |
3944 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
3945 if (enc_utf8) | |
3946 { | |
3947 int len; | |
3948 char_u *pp; | |
3949 | |
3950 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
3951 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
3952 * characters. */ | |
835 | 3953 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
170 | 3954 if (pp != NULL) |
3955 { | |
3956 if (mustfree) | |
3957 vim_free(p); | |
3958 p = pp; | |
3959 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
3960 } | |
3961 } | |
3962 #endif | |
7 | 3963 } |
3964 } | |
3965 | |
3966 /* | |
3967 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
3968 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
3969 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
3970 */ | |
3971 if (p == NULL) | |
3972 { | |
3973 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
3974 p = p_hf; | |
3975 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
3976 /* | |
3977 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
3978 */ | |
3979 else | |
3980 p = exe_name; | |
3981 #endif | |
3982 if (p != NULL) | |
3983 { | |
3984 /* remove the file name */ | |
3985 pend = gettail(p); | |
3986 | |
3987 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
3988 if (p == p_hf) | |
3989 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
3990 | |
3991 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
3992 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
768 | 3993 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
7 | 3994 if (p == exe_name) |
3995 { | |
3996 char_u *pend1; | |
768 | 3997 char_u *pnew; |
3998 | |
3999 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
4000 if (pend1 != pend) | |
4001 { | |
4002 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
4003 if (pnew != NULL) | |
4004 { | |
4005 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
4006 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
4007 p = pnew; | |
4008 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
4009 } | |
4010 } | |
7 | 4011 } |
4012 # endif | |
4013 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
4014 if (p == exe_name) | |
4015 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
4016 #endif | |
4017 | |
4018 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
4019 if (!vimruntime) | |
4020 { | |
4021 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
4022 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
4023 } | |
4024 | |
4025 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
4026 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
4027 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
1532 | 4028 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
39 | 4029 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
7 | 4030 --pend; |
4031 #endif | |
4032 | |
768 | 4033 #ifdef MACOS_X |
4034 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
4035 #endif | |
4036 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
4037 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
7 | 4038 |
4039 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
4040 { | |
4041 vim_free(p); | |
4042 p = NULL; | |
4043 } | |
4044 else | |
4045 { | |
4046 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
4047 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
4048 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
4049 { | |
4050 vim_free(p); | |
4051 p = pend; | |
4052 } | |
4053 #endif | |
4054 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
4055 } | |
4056 } | |
4057 } | |
4058 | |
4059 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
4060 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
4061 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
4062 if (p == NULL) | |
4063 { | |
4064 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
4065 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
4066 { | |
4067 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
4068 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
4069 } | |
4070 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
4071 { | |
4072 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
4073 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
4074 else | |
4075 { | |
4076 p = default_vim_dir; | |
4077 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
4078 } | |
4079 } | |
4080 } | |
4081 #endif | |
4082 | |
4083 /* | |
4084 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
4085 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
4086 */ | |
4087 if (p != NULL) | |
4088 { | |
4089 if (vimruntime) | |
4090 { | |
4091 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
4092 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
4093 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT | |
4094 { | |
115 | 4095 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang"); |
7 | 4096 |
4097 if (buf != NULL) | |
4098 { | |
4099 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
4100 vim_free(buf); | |
4101 } | |
4102 } | |
4103 #endif | |
4104 } | |
4105 else | |
4106 { | |
4107 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
4108 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
4109 } | |
4110 } | |
4111 return p; | |
4112 } | |
4113 | |
4114 /* | |
4115 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
4116 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
4117 */ | |
4118 static char_u * | |
4119 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
4120 char_u *vimdir; | |
4121 { | |
4122 char_u *p; | |
4123 | |
4124 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
4125 return NULL; | |
4126 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
4127 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
4128 return p; | |
4129 vim_free(p); | |
4130 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
4131 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
4132 return p; | |
4133 vim_free(p); | |
4134 return NULL; | |
4135 } | |
4136 | |
4137 /* | |
4138 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
4139 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
4140 */ | |
4141 static char_u * | |
4142 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
4143 char_u *p; | |
4144 char_u *pend; | |
4145 char_u *name; | |
4146 { | |
4147 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
4148 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
4149 | |
4150 if (newend >= p | |
4151 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
39 | 4152 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
7 | 4153 return newend; |
4154 return pend; | |
4155 } | |
4156 | |
4157 /* | |
4158 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
4159 */ | |
4160 void | |
4161 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
4162 char_u *name; | |
4163 char_u *val; | |
4164 { | |
4165 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
4166 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
4167 #else | |
4168 char_u *envbuf; | |
4169 | |
4170 /* | |
4171 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
4172 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
4173 */ | |
4174 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
4175 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
4176 { | |
4177 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
4178 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
4179 } | |
4180 #endif | |
4181 } | |
4182 | |
4183 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
4184 /* | |
4185 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
4186 */ | |
4187 char_u * | |
4188 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
1883 | 4189 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
7 | 4190 int idx; |
4191 { | |
4192 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
4193 /* | |
4194 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
4195 */ | |
4196 return NULL; | |
4197 # else | |
4198 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
4199 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
4200 extern char **environ; | |
4201 # endif | |
17 | 4202 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
4203 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
7 | 4204 char_u *str; |
4205 int n; | |
4206 | |
4207 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
4208 if (str == NULL) | |
4209 return NULL; | |
4210 | |
17 | 4211 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
7 | 4212 { |
4213 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
4214 break; | |
4215 name[n] = str[n]; | |
4216 } | |
4217 name[n] = NUL; | |
4218 return name; | |
4219 # endif | |
4220 } | |
4221 #endif | |
4222 | |
4223 /* | |
4224 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
4225 * 'src'. | |
4226 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
4227 */ | |
4228 void | |
4229 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
4230 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
4231 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
4232 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
4233 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
4234 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
4235 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
4236 { | |
4237 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
4238 size_t len; | |
4239 char_u *homedir_env; | |
4240 char_u *p; | |
4241 | |
4242 if (src == NULL) | |
4243 { | |
4244 *dst = NUL; | |
4245 return; | |
4246 } | |
4247 | |
4248 /* | |
4249 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
4250 */ | |
4251 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
4252 { | |
4253 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
4254 return; | |
4255 } | |
4256 | |
4257 /* | |
4258 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
4259 * "real" home directory. | |
4260 */ | |
4261 if (homedir != NULL) | |
4262 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
4263 | |
4264 #ifdef VMS | |
4265 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
4266 #else | |
4267 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
4268 #endif | |
4269 | |
4270 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
4271 homedir_env = NULL; | |
4272 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
4273 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
4274 | |
4275 if (!one) | |
4276 src = skipwhite(src); | |
4277 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
4278 { | |
4279 /* | |
4280 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
4281 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
4282 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
4283 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
4284 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
4285 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
4286 * er's home directory)). | |
4287 */ | |
4288 p = homedir; | |
4289 len = dirlen; | |
4290 for (;;) | |
4291 { | |
4292 if ( len | |
4293 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
4294 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
4295 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
4296 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
4297 { | |
4298 src += len; | |
4299 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
4300 *dst++ = '~'; | |
4301 | |
4302 /* | |
4303 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
4304 */ | |
4305 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
4306 *dst++ = '/'; | |
4307 break; | |
4308 } | |
4309 if (p == homedir_env) | |
4310 break; | |
4311 p = homedir_env; | |
4312 len = envlen; | |
4313 } | |
4314 | |
4315 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
4316 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
4317 *dst++ = *src++; | |
4318 /* skip separator */ | |
4319 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
4320 *dst++ = *src++; | |
4321 } | |
4322 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
4323 | |
4324 *dst = NUL; | |
4325 } | |
4326 | |
4327 /* | |
4328 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
4329 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
4330 */ | |
4331 char_u * | |
4332 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
4333 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
4334 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
4335 { | |
4336 char_u *dst; | |
4337 unsigned len; | |
4338 | |
4339 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
4340 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
4341 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
4342 dst = alloc(len); | |
4343 if (dst != NULL) | |
4344 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
4345 return dst; | |
4346 } | |
4347 | |
4348 /* | |
4349 * Compare two file names and return: | |
4350 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
4351 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
4352 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
4353 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
4354 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
4355 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
4356 */ | |
4357 int | |
4358 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
4359 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
4360 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
4361 { | |
4362 #ifdef UNIX | |
4363 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
4364 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
4365 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
4366 struct stat st1, st2; | |
4367 int r1, r2; | |
4368 | |
4369 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
4370 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
4371 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
4372 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
4373 { | |
4374 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
4375 if (checkname) | |
4376 { | |
4377 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
4378 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
4379 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
4380 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
4381 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
4382 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
4383 } | |
4384 return FPC_NOTX; | |
4385 } | |
4386 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
4387 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
4388 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
4389 return FPC_SAME; | |
4390 return FPC_DIFF; | |
4391 #else | |
4392 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
4393 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
4394 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
4395 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
4396 int r1, r2; | |
4397 | |
4398 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
4399 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
4400 { | |
4401 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
4402 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
4403 | |
4404 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
4405 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
4406 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
4407 | |
4408 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
4409 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
4410 { | |
4411 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
4412 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
4413 else | |
4414 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
4415 } | |
4416 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
4417 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
4418 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
4419 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
4420 else | |
4421 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
4422 vim_free(exp1); | |
4423 } | |
4424 return retval; | |
4425 #endif | |
4426 } | |
4427 | |
4428 /* | |
10 | 4429 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
4430 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. | |
7 | 4431 */ |
4432 char_u * | |
4433 gettail(fname) | |
4434 char_u *fname; | |
4435 { | |
4436 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
4437 | |
4438 if (fname == NULL) | |
4439 return (char_u *)""; | |
4440 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ | |
4441 { | |
4442 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
4443 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
39 | 4444 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
7 | 4445 } |
4446 return p1; | |
4447 } | |
4448 | |
4449 /* | |
39 | 4450 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
4451 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
4452 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
4453 */ | |
4454 char_u * | |
4455 gettail_sep(fname) | |
4456 char_u *fname; | |
4457 { | |
4458 char_u *p; | |
4459 char_u *t; | |
4460 | |
4461 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
4462 t = gettail(fname); | |
4463 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
4464 --t; | |
4465 #ifdef VMS | |
4466 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
4467 ++t; | |
4468 #endif | |
4469 return t; | |
4470 } | |
4471 | |
4472 /* | |
7 | 4473 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
4474 */ | |
4475 char_u * | |
4476 getnextcomp(fname) | |
4477 char_u *fname; | |
4478 { | |
4479 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
39 | 4480 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
7 | 4481 if (*fname) |
4482 ++fname; | |
4483 return fname; | |
4484 } | |
4485 | |
4486 /* | |
4487 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
4488 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
4489 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
4490 */ | |
4491 char_u * | |
4492 get_past_head(path) | |
4493 char_u *path; | |
4494 { | |
4495 char_u *retval; | |
4496 | |
4497 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
4498 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
4499 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
4500 retval = path + 2; | |
4501 else | |
4502 retval = path; | |
4503 #else | |
4504 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
4505 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
4506 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
4507 if (retval == NULL) | |
4508 retval = path; | |
4509 # else /* Unix */ | |
4510 retval = path; | |
4511 # endif | |
4512 #endif | |
4513 | |
4514 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
4515 ++retval; | |
4516 | |
4517 return retval; | |
4518 } | |
4519 | |
4520 /* | |
4521 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. | |
4522 */ | |
4523 int | |
4524 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
4525 int c; | |
4526 { | |
4527 #ifdef RISCOS | |
4528 return (c == '.' || c == ':'); | |
4529 #else | |
4530 # ifdef UNIX | |
4531 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ | |
4532 # else | |
4533 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
4534 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); | |
4535 # else | |
4536 # ifdef VMS | |
4537 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ | |
4538 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
4539 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
720 | 4540 # else /* Amiga */ |
7 | 4541 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
4542 # endif /* VMS */ | |
4543 # endif | |
4544 # endif | |
4545 #endif /* RISC OS */ | |
4546 } | |
4547 | |
4548 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
4549 /* | |
4550 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
4551 */ | |
4552 int | |
4553 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
4554 int c; | |
4555 { | |
4556 #ifdef UNIX | |
4557 return (c == ':'); | |
4558 #else | |
1224 | 4559 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
7 | 4560 #endif |
4561 } | |
4562 #endif | |
4563 | |
819 | 4564 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
4565 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
4566 /* | |
4567 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
4568 * It's done in-place. | |
4569 */ | |
4570 void | |
4571 shorten_dir(str) | |
4572 char_u *str; | |
4573 { | |
4574 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
4575 int skip = FALSE; | |
4576 | |
4577 tail = gettail(str); | |
4578 d = str; | |
4579 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
4580 { | |
4581 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
4582 { | |
4583 *d++ = *s; | |
4584 if (*s == NUL) | |
4585 break; | |
4586 } | |
4587 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
4588 { | |
4589 *d++ = *s; | |
4590 skip = FALSE; | |
4591 } | |
4592 else if (!skip) | |
4593 { | |
4594 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
4595 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
4596 skip = TRUE; | |
4597 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4598 if (has_mbyte) | |
4599 { | |
4600 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
4601 | |
4602 while (--l > 0) | |
927 | 4603 *d++ = *++s; |
819 | 4604 } |
4605 # endif | |
4606 } | |
4607 } | |
4608 } | |
4609 #endif | |
4610 | |
594 | 4611 /* |
4612 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
4613 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
4614 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
4615 */ | |
4616 int | |
4617 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
4618 char_u *fname; | |
4619 { | |
4620 char_u *p; | |
4621 int c; | |
4622 int retval; | |
4623 | |
4624 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
4625 if (p == fname) | |
4626 return TRUE; | |
4627 c = *p; | |
4628 *p = NUL; | |
4629 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
4630 *p = c; | |
4631 return retval; | |
4632 } | |
4633 | |
7 | 4634 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \ |
4635 || defined(PROTO) | |
4636 /* | |
4637 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally. | |
4638 */ | |
4639 int | |
4640 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
4641 char_u *x, *y; | |
4642 { | |
4643 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); | |
4644 } | |
4645 | |
4646 int | |
4647 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
4648 char_u *x, *y; | |
4649 size_t len; | |
4650 { | |
4651 while (len > 0 && *x && *y) | |
4652 { | |
4653 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y) | |
4654 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\') | |
4655 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/')) | |
4656 break; | |
4657 ++x; | |
4658 ++y; | |
4659 --len; | |
4660 } | |
4661 if (len == 0) | |
4662 return 0; | |
4663 return (*x - *y); | |
4664 } | |
4665 #endif | |
4666 | |
4667 /* | |
4668 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
1224 | 4669 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
7 | 4670 */ |
4671 char_u * | |
4672 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
4673 char_u *fname1; | |
4674 char_u *fname2; | |
4675 int sep; | |
4676 { | |
4677 char_u *dest; | |
4678 | |
4679 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
4680 if (dest != NULL) | |
4681 { | |
4682 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
4683 if (sep) | |
4684 add_pathsep(dest); | |
4685 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
4686 } | |
4687 return dest; | |
4688 } | |
4689 | |
115 | 4690 /* |
4691 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
4692 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
4693 */ | |
4694 char_u * | |
4695 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
4696 char_u *str1; | |
4697 char_u *str2; | |
4698 { | |
4699 char_u *dest; | |
4700 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
4701 | |
4702 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
4703 if (dest != NULL) | |
4704 { | |
4705 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
4706 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
4707 } | |
4708 return dest; | |
4709 } | |
4710 | |
7 | 4711 /* |
4712 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
4713 * separator. | |
4714 */ | |
4715 void | |
4716 add_pathsep(p) | |
4717 char_u *p; | |
4718 { | |
39 | 4719 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
7 | 4720 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
4721 } | |
4722 | |
4723 /* | |
4724 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
4725 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
4726 */ | |
4727 char_u * | |
4728 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
4729 char_u *fname; | |
4730 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks | |
4731 like a full path name */ | |
4732 { | |
4733 char_u *buf; | |
4734 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
4735 | |
4736 if (fname == NULL) | |
4737 return NULL; | |
4738 | |
4739 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
4740 if (buf != NULL) | |
4741 { | |
4742 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
4743 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
4744 else | |
4745 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
4746 vim_free(buf); | |
4747 } | |
4748 return new_fname; | |
4749 } | |
4750 | |
4751 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
4752 | |
4753 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
4754 | |
4755 /* | |
4756 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
4757 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
4758 */ | |
4759 pos_T * | |
4760 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
4761 int ind_maxcomment; | |
4762 { | |
4763 pos_T *pos; | |
4764 char_u *line; | |
4765 char_u *p; | |
829 | 4766 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
4767 | |
4768 for (;;) | |
4769 { | |
4770 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
4771 if (pos == NULL) | |
4772 break; | |
4773 | |
4774 /* | |
4775 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
4776 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
4777 */ | |
4778 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
1883 | 4779 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
829 | 4780 p = skip_string(p); |
1883 | 4781 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
829 | 4782 break; |
4783 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
4784 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
4785 { | |
4786 pos = NULL; | |
4787 break; | |
4788 } | |
4789 } | |
7 | 4790 return pos; |
4791 } | |
4792 | |
4793 /* | |
4794 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
4795 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
4796 */ | |
4797 static char_u * | |
4798 skip_string(p) | |
4799 char_u *p; | |
4800 { | |
4801 int i; | |
4802 | |
4803 /* | |
4804 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
4805 */ | |
4806 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
4807 { | |
4808 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
4809 { | |
4810 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
4811 break; | |
4812 i = 2; | |
4813 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
4814 { | |
4815 ++i; | |
4816 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
4817 ++i; | |
4818 } | |
4819 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
4820 { | |
4821 p += i; | |
4822 continue; | |
4823 } | |
4824 } | |
4825 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
4826 { | |
4827 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
4828 { | |
4829 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
4830 ++p; | |
4831 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
4832 break; | |
4833 } | |
4834 if (p[0] == '"') | |
4835 continue; | |
4836 } | |
4837 break; /* no string found */ | |
4838 } | |
4839 if (!*p) | |
4840 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
4841 return p; | |
4842 } | |
4843 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
4844 | |
4845 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
4846 | |
4847 /* | |
4848 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
4849 */ | |
4850 void | |
4851 do_c_expr_indent() | |
4852 { | |
4853 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4854 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
4855 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
4856 else | |
4857 # endif | |
4858 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
4859 } | |
4860 | |
4861 /* | |
4862 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
4863 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
4864 */ | |
4865 /* | |
4866 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
4867 */ | |
4868 | |
4869 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4870 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4871 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
4872 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
4873 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4874 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
4875 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
4876 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
4877 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); | |
4878 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
4879 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4880 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
4881 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4882 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4883 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
4884 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
4885 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T)); | |
4886 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4887 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4888 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
4889 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int)); | |
829 | 4890 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); |
7 | 4891 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
1336 | 4892 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
828 | 4893 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass)); |
7 | 4894 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
4895 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); | |
4896 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int)); | |
4897 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int)); | |
4898 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos)); | |
4899 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); | |
4900 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
4901 | |
1096 | 4902 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */ |
4903 | |
7 | 4904 /* |
4905 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
1096 | 4906 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
7 | 4907 */ |
4908 static char_u * | |
4909 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
4910 char_u *s; | |
4911 { | |
4912 while (*s) | |
4913 { | |
1096 | 4914 char_u *prev_s = s; |
4915 | |
7 | 4916 s = skipwhite(s); |
1096 | 4917 |
4918 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
4919 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
4920 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') | |
4921 { | |
4922 s += STRLEN(s); | |
4923 break; | |
4924 } | |
7 | 4925 if (*s != '/') |
4926 break; | |
4927 ++s; | |
4928 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
4929 { | |
4930 s += STRLEN(s); | |
4931 break; | |
4932 } | |
4933 if (*s != '*') | |
4934 break; | |
4935 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
4936 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
4937 { | |
4938 s += 2; | |
4939 break; | |
4940 } | |
4941 } | |
4942 return s; | |
4943 } | |
4944 | |
4945 /* | |
4946 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are | |
4947 * not considered code. | |
4948 */ | |
4949 static int | |
4950 cin_nocode(s) | |
4951 char_u *s; | |
4952 { | |
4953 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
4954 } | |
4955 | |
4956 /* | |
4957 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
4958 */ | |
4959 static pos_T * | |
4960 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
4961 { | |
4962 static pos_T pos; | |
4963 char_u *line; | |
4964 char_u *p; | |
4965 | |
4966 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4967 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
4968 { | |
4969 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
4970 p = skipwhite(line); | |
4971 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
4972 { | |
4973 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
4974 return &pos; | |
4975 } | |
4976 if (*p != NUL) | |
4977 break; | |
4978 } | |
4979 return NULL; | |
4980 } | |
4981 | |
4982 /* | |
4983 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
4984 */ | |
4985 static int | |
4986 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
4987 char_u **s; | |
4988 { | |
4989 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
4990 return FALSE; | |
4991 | |
4992 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
4993 (*s)++; | |
4994 | |
4995 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
4996 | |
4997 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
4998 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
4999 } | |
5000 | |
5001 /* | |
5002 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
5003 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
5004 */ | |
5005 int | |
5006 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
5007 int ind_maxcomment; | |
5008 { | |
5009 char_u *s; | |
5010 | |
5011 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
5012 | |
5013 /* | |
5014 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
5015 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
5016 */ | |
5017 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
5018 return FALSE; | |
5019 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
5020 return FALSE; | |
5021 | |
5022 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
5023 { | |
5024 /* | |
5025 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
5026 * label. | |
5027 */ | |
5028 pos_T cursor_save; | |
5029 pos_T *trypos; | |
5030 char_u *line; | |
5031 | |
5032 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5033 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
5034 { | |
5035 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
5036 | |
5037 /* | |
5038 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
5039 */ | |
5040 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5041 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
5042 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
5043 | |
5044 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
5045 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
5046 continue; | |
5047 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
5048 continue; | |
5049 | |
5050 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
5051 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
5052 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
5053 || cin_iscase(line) | |
5054 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) | |
5055 return TRUE; | |
5056 return FALSE; | |
5057 } | |
5058 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
5059 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
5060 } | |
5061 return FALSE; | |
5062 } | |
5063 | |
5064 /* | |
5065 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations. | |
5066 * Q&D-Implementation: | |
5067 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line. | |
5068 */ | |
5069 static int | |
5070 cin_isinit(void) | |
5071 { | |
5072 char_u *s; | |
5073 | |
5074 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
5075 | |
5076 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7])) | |
5077 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); | |
5078 | |
5079 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) | |
5080 return TRUE; | |
5081 | |
5082 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
5083 return TRUE; | |
5084 | |
5085 return FALSE; | |
5086 } | |
5087 | |
5088 /* | |
5089 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
5090 */ | |
5091 int | |
5092 cin_iscase(s) | |
5093 char_u *s; | |
5094 { | |
5095 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
5096 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) | |
5097 { | |
5098 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
5099 { | |
5100 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
5101 if (*s == ':') | |
5102 { | |
5103 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
5104 ++s; | |
5105 else | |
5106 return TRUE; | |
5107 } | |
5108 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
5109 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */ | |
5110 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) | |
5111 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
5112 else if (*s == '"') | |
5113 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ | |
5114 } | |
5115 return FALSE; | |
5116 } | |
5117 | |
5118 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
5119 return TRUE; | |
5120 return FALSE; | |
5121 } | |
5122 | |
5123 /* | |
5124 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
5125 */ | |
5126 static int | |
5127 cin_isdefault(s) | |
5128 char_u *s; | |
5129 { | |
5130 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
5131 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
5132 && s[1] != ':'); | |
5133 } | |
5134 | |
5135 /* | |
5136 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label. | |
5137 */ | |
5138 int | |
5139 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
5140 char_u *s; | |
5141 { | |
5142 int i; | |
5143 | |
5144 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
5145 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
5146 i = 6; | |
5147 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
5148 i = 9; | |
5149 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
5150 i = 7; | |
5151 else | |
5152 return FALSE; | |
5153 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
5154 } | |
5155 | |
5156 /* | |
5157 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
5158 * Return NULL if not found. | |
5159 * case 234: a = b; | |
5160 * ^ | |
5161 */ | |
5162 static char_u * | |
5163 after_label(l) | |
5164 char_u *l; | |
5165 { | |
5166 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
5167 { | |
5168 if (*l == ':') | |
5169 { | |
5170 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
5171 ++l; | |
5172 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1)) | |
5173 break; | |
5174 } | |
5175 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
5176 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
5177 } | |
5178 if (*l == NUL) | |
5179 return NULL; | |
5180 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
5181 if (*l == NUL) | |
5182 return NULL; | |
5183 return l; | |
5184 } | |
5185 | |
5186 /* | |
5187 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
5188 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
5189 */ | |
5190 static int | |
5191 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
5192 linenr_T lnum; | |
5193 { | |
5194 char_u *l; | |
5195 pos_T fp; | |
5196 colnr_T col; | |
5197 char_u *p; | |
5198 | |
5199 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
5200 p = after_label(l); | |
5201 if (p == NULL) | |
5202 return 0; | |
5203 | |
5204 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
5205 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
5206 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
5207 return (int)col; | |
5208 } | |
5209 | |
5210 /* | |
5211 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
829 | 5212 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
7 | 5213 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
5214 * ^ | |
5215 */ | |
5216 static int | |
5217 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment) | |
5218 linenr_T lnum; | |
5219 char_u **pp; | |
5220 int ind_maxcomment; | |
5221 { | |
5222 char_u *l; | |
5223 int amount; | |
5224 pos_T cursor_save; | |
5225 | |
5226 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5227 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
5228 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
5229 /* XXX */ | |
5230 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) | |
5231 { | |
5232 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
5233 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
5234 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
5235 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
5236 } | |
5237 else | |
5238 { | |
5239 amount = get_indent(); | |
5240 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
5241 } | |
5242 *pp = l; | |
5243 | |
5244 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
5245 return amount; | |
5246 } | |
5247 | |
5248 /* | |
5249 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
5250 * int a, indent of "a" | |
5251 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
5252 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
5253 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
5254 */ | |
5255 static int | |
5256 cin_first_id_amount() | |
5257 { | |
5258 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
5259 int len; | |
5260 pos_T fp; | |
5261 colnr_T col; | |
5262 | |
5263 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
5264 p = skipwhite(line); | |
835 | 5265 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
7 | 5266 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
5267 { | |
5268 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
856 | 5269 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
7 | 5270 } |
5271 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
5272 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
5273 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
5274 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
5275 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
5276 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
5277 { | |
5278 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
5279 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
5280 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
5281 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
5282 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
5283 p = s; | |
5284 } | |
5285 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
5286 ; | |
5287 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
5288 return 0; | |
5289 | |
5290 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
5291 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
5292 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
5293 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
5294 return (int)col; | |
5295 } | |
5296 | |
5297 /* | |
5298 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
5299 * char *foo = "here"; | |
5300 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
5301 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
5302 * foo = "asdf\ | |
5303 * asdf\ | |
5304 * here"; | |
5305 */ | |
5306 static int | |
5307 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
5308 linenr_T lnum; | |
5309 { | |
5310 char_u *line; | |
5311 char_u *s; | |
5312 colnr_T col; | |
5313 pos_T fp; | |
5314 | |
5315 if (lnum > 1) | |
5316 { | |
5317 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
5318 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
5319 return -1; | |
5320 } | |
5321 | |
5322 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
5323 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
5324 { | |
5325 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
5326 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
5327 else | |
5328 ++s; | |
5329 } | |
5330 if (*s != '=') | |
5331 return 0; | |
5332 | |
5333 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
5334 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
5335 return 0; | |
5336 | |
5337 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
5338 ++s; | |
5339 | |
5340 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
5341 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
5342 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
5343 return (int)col; | |
5344 } | |
5345 | |
5346 /* | |
5347 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
5348 */ | |
5349 static int | |
5350 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
5351 char_u *s; | |
5352 { | |
5353 s = skipwhite(s); | |
5354 if (*s == '#') | |
5355 return TRUE; | |
5356 return FALSE; | |
5357 } | |
5358 | |
5359 /* | |
5360 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
5361 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
5362 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
5363 */ | |
5364 static int | |
5365 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
5366 char_u **pp; | |
5367 linenr_T *lnump; | |
5368 { | |
5369 char_u *line = *pp; | |
5370 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
5371 int retval = FALSE; | |
5372 | |
408 | 5373 for (;;) |
7 | 5374 { |
5375 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
5376 { | |
5377 retval = TRUE; | |
5378 *lnump = lnum; | |
5379 break; | |
5380 } | |
5381 if (lnum == 1) | |
5382 break; | |
5383 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
5384 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
5385 break; | |
5386 } | |
5387 | |
5388 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
5389 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
5390 return retval; | |
5391 } | |
5392 | |
5393 /* | |
5394 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
5395 */ | |
5396 static int | |
5397 cin_iscomment(p) | |
5398 char_u *p; | |
5399 { | |
5400 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
5401 } | |
5402 | |
5403 /* | |
5404 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
5405 */ | |
5406 static int | |
5407 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
5408 char_u *p; | |
5409 { | |
5410 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
5411 } | |
5412 | |
5413 /* | |
5414 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'. | |
5415 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. | |
5416 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if | |
5417 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
5418 */ | |
5419 static int | |
5420 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
5421 char_u *s; | |
5422 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
5423 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
5424 { | |
5425 char_u found_start = 0; | |
5426 | |
5427 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
5428 | |
5429 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
5430 found_start = *s; | |
5431 | |
5432 while (*s) | |
5433 { | |
5434 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
5435 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
5436 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}' | |
5437 || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) | |
5438 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
5439 return *s; | |
5440 | |
5441 if (*s) | |
5442 s++; | |
5443 } | |
5444 return found_start; | |
5445 } | |
5446 | |
5447 /* | |
5448 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
5449 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
5450 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
5451 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
5452 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
5453 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
5454 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
5455 */ | |
5456 static int | |
5457 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum) | |
5458 char_u **sp; | |
5459 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
5460 { | |
5461 char_u *s; | |
5462 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
5463 int retval = FALSE; | |
5464 | |
5465 if (sp == NULL) | |
5466 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
5467 else | |
5468 s = *sp; | |
5469 | |
5470 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
5471 { | |
5472 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
5473 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
5474 else | |
5475 ++s; | |
5476 } | |
5477 if (*s != '(') | |
5478 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
5479 | |
5480 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
5481 { | |
5482 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
5483 { | |
5484 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
5485 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
5486 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
5487 * defined(y) | |
5488 */ | |
5489 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
5490 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
5491 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
5492 retval = TRUE; | |
5493 goto done; | |
5494 } | |
5495 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
5496 { | |
5497 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */ | |
5498 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
5499 break; | |
5500 | |
5501 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
5502 } | |
5503 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
5504 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
5505 else | |
5506 ++s; | |
5507 } | |
5508 | |
5509 done: | |
5510 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
5511 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
5512 | |
5513 return retval; | |
5514 } | |
5515 | |
5516 static int | |
5517 cin_isif(p) | |
5518 char_u *p; | |
5519 { | |
5520 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
5521 } | |
5522 | |
5523 static int | |
5524 cin_iselse(p) | |
5525 char_u *p; | |
5526 { | |
5527 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
5528 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
5529 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
5530 } | |
5531 | |
5532 static int | |
5533 cin_isdo(p) | |
5534 char_u *p; | |
5535 { | |
5536 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
5537 } | |
5538 | |
5539 /* | |
5540 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
5541 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
5542 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
5543 */ | |
5544 static int | |
5545 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
5546 char_u *p; | |
5547 linenr_T lnum; | |
5548 int ind_maxparen; | |
5549 { | |
5550 pos_T cursor_save; | |
5551 pos_T *trypos; | |
5552 int retval = FALSE; | |
5553 | |
5554 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
5555 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
5556 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
5557 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])) | |
5558 { | |
5559 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5560 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
5561 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5562 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
5563 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
5564 { | |
5565 ++p; | |
5566 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5567 } | |
5568 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
5569 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') | |
5570 retval = TRUE; | |
5571 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
5572 } | |
5573 return retval; | |
5574 } | |
5575 | |
829 | 5576 /* |
5577 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. | |
5578 * do | |
5579 * nothing; | |
5580 * while (foo | |
856 | 5581 * && bar); <-- here |
829 | 5582 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
5583 */ | |
5584 static int | |
5585 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
5586 int terminated; | |
5587 int ind_maxparen; | |
5588 int ind_maxcomment; | |
5589 { | |
5590 char_u *line; | |
5591 char_u *p; | |
5592 char_u *s; | |
5593 pos_T *trypos; | |
5594 int i; | |
5595 | |
5596 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
5597 return FALSE; | |
5598 | |
5599 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
5600 while (*p != NUL) | |
5601 { | |
5602 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
5603 if (*p == ')') | |
5604 { | |
5605 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
5606 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
5607 { | |
5608 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
5609 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
835 | 5610 i = (int)(p - line); |
829 | 5611 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
5612 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
5613 if (trypos != NULL) | |
5614 { | |
5615 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
5616 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
5617 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
5618 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
5619 { | |
5620 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
5621 return TRUE; | |
5622 } | |
5623 } | |
5624 | |
5625 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
5626 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
5627 p = line + i; | |
5628 } | |
5629 } | |
5630 if (*p != NUL) | |
5631 ++p; | |
5632 } | |
5633 return FALSE; | |
5634 } | |
5635 | |
7 | 5636 static int |
5637 cin_isbreak(p) | |
5638 char_u *p; | |
5639 { | |
5640 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
5641 } | |
5642 | |
828 | 5643 /* |
5644 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
7 | 5645 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
5646 * | |
5647 * class MyClass : | |
5648 * baseClass <-- here | |
5649 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
5650 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
5651 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
5652 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
827 | 5653 * |
5654 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
7 | 5655 */ |
5656 static int | |
1336 | 5657 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
828 | 5658 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
7 | 5659 { |
5660 char_u *s; | |
5661 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
828 | 5662 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
1336 | 5663 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
7 | 5664 |
5665 *col = 0; | |
5666 | |
17 | 5667 s = skipwhite(line); |
5668 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
5669 return FALSE; | |
5670 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
7 | 5671 if (*s == NUL) |
5672 return FALSE; | |
5673 | |
5674 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
5675 | |
828 | 5676 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
5677 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
5678 * a = cond ? | |
5679 * func() : | |
856 | 5680 * asdf; |
828 | 5681 * func::foo() |
5682 * : something | |
5683 * {} | |
5684 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
5685 * : something(4), | |
5686 * somethingelse(3) | |
5687 * {} | |
5688 */ | |
5689 while (lnum > 1) | |
5690 { | |
1336 | 5691 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
5692 s = skipwhite(line); | |
828 | 5693 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
5694 break; | |
5695 while (*s != NUL) | |
5696 { | |
5697 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
5698 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
5699 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
5700 break; | |
5701 if (*s != NUL) | |
5702 ++s; | |
5703 } | |
5704 if (*s != NUL) | |
5705 break; | |
5706 --lnum; | |
5707 } | |
5708 | |
1336 | 5709 line = ml_get(lnum); |
5710 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
828 | 5711 for (;;) |
5712 { | |
5713 if (*s == NUL) | |
5714 { | |
5715 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
5716 break; | |
5717 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
1336 | 5718 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
5719 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
5720 if (*s == NUL) | |
5721 continue; | |
828 | 5722 } |
5723 | |
7 | 5724 if (s[0] == ':') |
5725 { | |
5726 if (s[1] == ':') | |
5727 { | |
5728 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
5729 * initialization any more */ | |
5730 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
5731 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
5732 } | |
5733 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
5734 { | |
5735 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
1532 | 5736 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
7 | 5737 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
5738 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
5739 *col = 0; | |
5740 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
5741 } | |
5742 else | |
5743 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
5744 } | |
5745 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
5746 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
5747 { | |
5748 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
5749 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
5750 | |
5751 if (*s == 'c') | |
5752 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
5753 else | |
5754 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
5755 } | |
5756 else | |
5757 { | |
5758 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
5759 { | |
5760 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
5761 } | |
5762 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
5763 { | |
5764 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
5765 * something like "):" */ | |
5766 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
5767 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
5768 } | |
827 | 5769 else if (s[0] == '?') |
5770 { | |
5771 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
5772 return FALSE; | |
5773 } | |
7 | 5774 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
5775 { | |
5776 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
5777 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
5778 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
5779 } | |
5780 else if (*col == 0) | |
5781 { | |
5782 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
5783 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
5784 | |
5785 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
828 | 5786 if (cpp_base_class) |
7 | 5787 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
5788 } | |
5789 | |
828 | 5790 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
5791 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
5792 *col = 0; | |
5793 | |
7 | 5794 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
5795 } | |
5796 } | |
5797 | |
5798 return cpp_base_class; | |
5799 } | |
5800 | |
828 | 5801 static int |
5802 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
5803 int col; | |
5804 int ind_maxparen; | |
5805 int ind_maxcomment; | |
5806 int ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
5807 { | |
5808 int amount; | |
5809 colnr_T vcol; | |
5810 pos_T *trypos; | |
5811 | |
5812 if (col == 0) | |
5813 { | |
5814 amount = get_indent(); | |
5815 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
5816 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
5817 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
5818 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ | |
5819 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
5820 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
5821 } | |
5822 else | |
5823 { | |
5824 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5825 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
5826 amount = (int)vcol; | |
5827 } | |
5828 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
5829 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
5830 return amount; | |
5831 } | |
5832 | |
7 | 5833 /* |
5834 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
5835 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
5836 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
5837 */ | |
5838 static int | |
5839 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
5840 char_u *s; | |
5841 char_u *find; | |
5842 char_u *ignore; | |
5843 { | |
5844 char_u *p = s; | |
5845 char_u *r; | |
5846 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
5847 | |
5848 while (*p != NUL) | |
5849 { | |
5850 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
5851 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
5852 { | |
5853 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
5854 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
5855 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
5856 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
5857 return TRUE; | |
5858 } | |
5859 if (*p != NUL) | |
5860 ++p; | |
5861 } | |
5862 return FALSE; | |
5863 } | |
5864 | |
5865 /* | |
5866 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". | |
5867 * Return the column found. | |
5868 */ | |
5869 static int | |
5870 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
5871 pos_T *trypos; | |
5872 { | |
5873 char_u *line; | |
5874 char_u *p; | |
5875 | |
5876 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
5877 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
5878 { | |
5879 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
5880 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
5881 else | |
5882 { | |
5883 p = skip_string(p); | |
5884 ++p; | |
5885 } | |
5886 } | |
5887 return (int)(p - line); | |
5888 } | |
5889 | |
5890 /* | |
5891 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
5892 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
5893 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
5894 * work. */ | |
5895 /* foo() */ | |
5896 /* { */ | |
5897 /* } */ | |
5898 | |
5899 static pos_T * | |
5900 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
5901 int ind_maxcomment; | |
5902 { | |
5903 pos_T cursor_save; | |
5904 pos_T *trypos; | |
5905 pos_T *pos; | |
5906 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
5907 | |
5908 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5909 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
5910 { | |
5911 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
5912 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
5913 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
5914 pos = NULL; | |
829 | 5915 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
7 | 5916 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
5917 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */ | |
5918 break; | |
5919 if (pos != NULL) | |
5920 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
5921 } | |
5922 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
5923 return trypos; | |
5924 } | |
5925 | |
5926 /* | |
5927 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
5928 * Return NULL of no match found. | |
5929 */ | |
5930 static pos_T * | |
5931 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
5932 int ind_maxparen; | |
5933 int ind_maxcomment; | |
5934 { | |
5935 pos_T cursor_save; | |
5936 pos_T *trypos; | |
829 | 5937 static pos_T pos_copy; |
7 | 5938 |
5939 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5940 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
5941 { | |
5942 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
5943 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
5944 trypos = NULL; | |
5945 else | |
5946 { | |
5947 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
5948 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
5949 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
5950 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
5951 trypos = NULL; | |
5952 } | |
5953 } | |
5954 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
5955 return trypos; | |
5956 } | |
5957 | |
5958 /* | |
5959 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
5960 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
5961 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
5962 * looking a few lines further. | |
5963 */ | |
5964 static int | |
5965 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos) | |
5966 int ind_maxparen; | |
5967 pos_T *startpos; | |
5968 { | |
5969 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
5970 | |
5971 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2) | |
5972 return ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
5973 return ind_maxparen; | |
5974 } | |
5975 | |
5976 /* | |
5977 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
5978 * line "l". | |
5979 */ | |
5980 static int | |
5981 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
5982 char_u *l; | |
5983 int start, end; | |
5984 { | |
5985 int i; | |
5986 int retval = FALSE; | |
5987 int open_count = 0; | |
5988 | |
5989 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
5990 | |
5991 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++) | |
5992 { | |
5993 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
5994 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
5995 if (l[i] == start) | |
5996 ++open_count; | |
5997 else if (l[i] == end) | |
5998 { | |
5999 if (open_count > 0) | |
6000 --open_count; | |
6001 else | |
6002 { | |
6003 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
6004 retval = TRUE; | |
6005 } | |
6006 } | |
6007 } | |
6008 return retval; | |
6009 } | |
6010 | |
6011 int | |
6012 get_c_indent() | |
6013 { | |
6014 /* | |
6015 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that | |
6016 * block should be | |
6017 */ | |
6018 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6019 | |
6020 /* | |
6021 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
6022 * line is imagined to be. | |
6023 */ | |
6024 int ind_open_imag = 0; | |
6025 | |
6026 /* | |
6027 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by | |
6028 * an opening brace. | |
6029 */ | |
6030 int ind_no_brace = 0; | |
6031 | |
6032 /* | |
6033 * column where the first { of a function should be located } | |
6034 */ | |
6035 int ind_first_open = 0; | |
6036 | |
6037 /* | |
6038 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
6039 * located | |
6040 */ | |
6041 int ind_open_extra = 0; | |
6042 | |
6043 /* | |
6044 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
6045 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
6046 * brace should be located | |
6047 */ | |
6048 int ind_close_extra = 0; | |
6049 | |
6050 /* | |
6051 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
6052 * column is imagined to be | |
6053 */ | |
6054 int ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
6055 | |
6056 /* | |
6057 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located | |
6058 */ | |
6059 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6060 | |
6061 /* | |
6062 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located | |
6063 */ | |
6064 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6065 | |
6066 /* | |
6067 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label | |
6068 */ | |
6069 int ind_case_break = 0; | |
6070 | |
6071 /* | |
6072 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
6073 * should be located | |
6074 */ | |
6075 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6076 | |
6077 /* | |
6078 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located | |
6079 */ | |
6080 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6081 | |
6082 /* | |
6083 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented | |
6084 */ | |
6085 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6086 | |
6087 /* | |
6088 * amount a function type spec should be indented | |
6089 */ | |
6090 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6091 | |
6092 /* | |
6093 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
6094 * should be indented | |
6095 */ | |
6096 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6097 | |
6098 /* | |
6099 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
6100 * should be located | |
6101 */ | |
6102 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6103 | |
6104 /* | |
6105 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses | |
6106 */ | |
6107 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2; | |
6108 | |
6109 /* | |
6110 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
6111 * itself is also unclosed | |
6112 */ | |
6113 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6114 | |
6115 /* | |
6116 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
6117 * unclosed parentheses. | |
6118 */ | |
6119 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
6120 | |
6121 /* | |
6122 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
6123 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
6124 * context (for very long lines). | |
6125 */ | |
6126 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
6127 | |
6128 /* | |
6129 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
6130 * an unclosed parentheses. | |
6131 */ | |
6132 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
6133 | |
6134 /* | |
6135 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
6136 * opening parentheses. | |
6137 */ | |
6138 int ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
6139 | |
6140 /* | |
829 | 6141 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. |
6142 */ | |
6143 int ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
6144 | |
6145 /* | |
7 | 6146 * Extra indent for comments. |
6147 */ | |
6148 int ind_comment = 0; | |
6149 | |
6150 /* | |
6151 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. | |
6152 */ | |
6153 int ind_in_comment = 3; | |
6154 | |
6155 /* | |
6156 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
6157 * after the comment opener. | |
6158 */ | |
6159 int ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
6160 | |
6161 /* | |
6162 * max lines to search for an open paren | |
6163 */ | |
6164 int ind_maxparen = 20; | |
6165 | |
6166 /* | |
6167 * max lines to search for an open comment | |
6168 */ | |
6169 int ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
6170 | |
6171 /* | |
6172 * handle braces for java code | |
6173 */ | |
6174 int ind_java = 0; | |
6175 | |
6176 /* | |
6177 * handle blocked cases correctly | |
6178 */ | |
6179 int ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
6180 | |
6181 pos_T cur_curpos; | |
6182 int amount; | |
6183 int scope_amount; | |
834 | 6184 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
7 | 6185 colnr_T col; |
6186 char_u *theline; | |
6187 char_u *linecopy; | |
6188 pos_T *trypos; | |
6189 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
6190 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
6191 char_u *start; | |
6192 int start_brace; | |
1532 | 6193 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
7 | 6194 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
6195 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
6196 linenr_T ourscope; | |
6197 char_u *l; | |
6198 char_u *look; | |
6199 char_u terminated; | |
6200 int lookfor; | |
6201 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
6202 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
6203 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
6204 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
6205 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
6206 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
6207 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
6208 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
6209 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
6210 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
6211 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
6212 | |
6213 int whilelevel; | |
6214 linenr_T lnum; | |
6215 char_u *options; | |
6216 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
6217 int divider; | |
6218 int n; | |
6219 int iscase; | |
6220 int lookfor_break; | |
6221 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ | |
6222 | |
6223 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; ) | |
6224 { | |
6225 l = options++; | |
6226 if (*options == '-') | |
6227 ++options; | |
6228 n = getdigits(&options); | |
6229 divider = 0; | |
6230 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
6231 { | |
6232 fraction = atol((char *)++options); | |
6233 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options)) | |
6234 { | |
6235 ++options; | |
6236 if (divider) | |
6237 divider *= 10; | |
6238 else | |
6239 divider = 10; | |
6240 } | |
6241 } | |
6242 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
6243 { | |
6244 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0) | |
6245 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ | |
6246 else | |
6247 { | |
6248 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
6249 if (divider) | |
6250 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; | |
6251 } | |
6252 ++options; | |
6253 } | |
6254 if (l[1] == '-') | |
6255 n = -n; | |
6256 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
1096 | 6257 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ |
7 | 6258 switch (*l) |
6259 { | |
6260 case '>': ind_level = n; break; | |
6261 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
6262 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
6263 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break; | |
6264 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
6265 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
6266 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
6267 case ':': ind_case = n; break; | |
6268 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break; | |
6269 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break; | |
6270 case 'p': ind_param = n; break; | |
6271 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break; | |
6272 case '/': ind_comment = n; break; | |
6273 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
6274 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
6275 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
6276 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break; | |
6277 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
6278 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
6279 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
6280 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
6281 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
6282 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
829 | 6283 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break; |
7 | 6284 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break; |
6285 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
6286 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
6287 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
6288 case 'j': ind_java = n; break; | |
6289 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break; | |
1096 | 6290 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break; |
7 | 6291 } |
2129
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6292 if (*options == ',') |
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6293 ++options; |
7 | 6294 } |
6295 | |
6296 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
6297 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6298 | |
6299 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. | |
6300 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
6301 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
6302 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
6303 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
6304 return 0; | |
6305 | |
6306 /* | |
6307 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
6308 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
6309 * inserting new stuff. | |
6310 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
6311 * check for that. | |
6312 */ | |
6313 if ((State & INSERT) | |
1883 | 6314 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
7 | 6315 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
6316 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
6317 | |
6318 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
6319 | |
6320 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
6321 | |
6322 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
6323 | |
6324 /* | |
6325 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
6326 */ | |
6327 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
6328 { | |
6329 amount = 0; | |
6330 } | |
6331 | |
6332 /* | |
6333 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too. | |
6334 */ | |
6335 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */ | |
6336 { | |
6337 amount = 0; | |
6338 } | |
6339 | |
6340 /* | |
6341 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
6342 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
6343 */ | |
6344 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
6345 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
6346 { | |
6347 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
6348 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
6349 amount = col; | |
6350 } | |
6351 | |
6352 /* | |
6353 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
6354 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
6355 */ | |
6356 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
6357 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
6358 { | |
6359 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
6360 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
6361 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
6362 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
6363 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
6364 char_u *p; | |
6365 int start_align = 0; | |
6366 int start_off = 0; | |
6367 int done = FALSE; | |
6368 | |
6369 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
6370 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
6371 amount = col; | |
6372 | |
6373 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
6374 while (*p != NUL) | |
6375 { | |
6376 int align = 0; | |
6377 int off = 0; | |
6378 int what = 0; | |
6379 | |
6380 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
6381 { | |
6382 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
6383 what = *p++; | |
6384 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
6385 align = *p++; | |
6386 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
6387 off = getdigits(&p); | |
6388 else | |
6389 ++p; | |
6390 } | |
6391 | |
6392 if (*p == ':') | |
6393 ++p; | |
6394 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
6395 if (what == COM_START) | |
6396 { | |
6397 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
6398 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
6399 start_off = off; | |
6400 start_align = align; | |
6401 } | |
6402 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
6403 { | |
6404 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
6405 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
6406 } | |
6407 else if (what == COM_END) | |
6408 { | |
6409 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
6410 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
6411 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
6412 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
6413 { | |
6414 done = TRUE; | |
6415 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
6416 { | |
6417 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
1532 | 6418 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
7 | 6419 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
6420 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
6421 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
6422 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
6423 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
6424 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
6425 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
6426 { | |
6427 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
6428 break; | |
6429 } | |
6430 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
6431 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
6432 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
6433 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
6434 continue; | |
6435 } | |
6436 if (start_off != 0) | |
6437 amount += start_off; | |
6438 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
17 | 6439 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
6440 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
7 | 6441 break; |
6442 } | |
6443 | |
6444 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
6445 * with the middle comment */ | |
6446 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
6447 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
6448 { | |
6449 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
6450 /* XXX */ | |
6451 if (off != 0) | |
6452 amount += off; | |
6453 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
17 | 6454 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
6455 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
7 | 6456 done = TRUE; |
6457 break; | |
6458 } | |
6459 } | |
6460 } | |
6461 | |
6462 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
6463 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
6464 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
6465 */ | |
6466 if (done) | |
6467 ; | |
6468 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
6469 amount += 1; | |
6470 else | |
6471 { | |
6472 /* | |
6473 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
6474 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
6475 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
6476 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
6477 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
6478 */ | |
6479 amount = -1; | |
6480 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
6481 { | |
6482 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
6483 continue; | |
6484 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
6485 break; | |
6486 } | |
6487 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
6488 { | |
6489 if (!ind_in_comment2) | |
6490 { | |
6491 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
6492 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
6493 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
6494 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
6495 } | |
6496 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
6497 amount = col; | |
6498 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) | |
6499 amount += ind_in_comment; | |
6500 } | |
6501 } | |
6502 } | |
6503 | |
6504 /* | |
6505 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
6506 */ /* XXX */ | |
6507 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
6508 && ind_java == 0) | |
6509 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
6510 || trypos != NULL) | |
6511 { | |
6512 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
6513 { | |
6514 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
6515 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
6516 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
6517 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
6518 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
6519 trypos = NULL; | |
6520 else | |
6521 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
6522 } | |
6523 | |
6524 if (trypos != NULL) | |
6525 { | |
6526 /* | |
6527 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
6528 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
6529 */ | |
829 | 6530 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev) |
6531 { | |
6532 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
6533 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
6534 } | |
6535 else | |
6536 { | |
6537 amount = -1; | |
6538 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
6539 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
7 | 6540 { |
829 | 6541 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
6542 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
6543 continue; | |
6544 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
6545 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
6546 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
6547 | |
6548 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
6549 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
6550 { | |
6551 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
6552 continue; | |
6553 } | |
6554 | |
6555 /* XXX */ | |
6556 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
6557 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
7 | 6558 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL |
829 | 6559 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
6560 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
6561 { | |
6562 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
6563 | |
6564 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
6565 { | |
6566 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
6567 && cur_amount > amount) | |
6568 cur_amount = amount; | |
6569 amount = -1; | |
6570 } | |
6571 break; | |
6572 } | |
7 | 6573 } |
6574 } | |
6575 | |
6576 /* | |
6577 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
6578 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
6579 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
6580 */ | |
6581 if (amount == -1) | |
6582 { | |
829 | 6583 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
6584 | |
7 | 6585 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment); |
829 | 6586 look = skipwhite(look); |
6587 if (*look == '(') | |
6588 { | |
6589 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6590 char_u *line; | |
6591 int look_col; | |
6592 | |
6593 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
6594 * our matching '('. */ | |
6595 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
6596 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
835 | 6597 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
829 | 6598 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
6599 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen)) | |
6600 != NULL | |
6601 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
6602 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
6603 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
6604 | |
6605 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
6606 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
6607 } | |
7 | 6608 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0 |
829 | 6609 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' |
6610 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) | |
7 | 6611 { |
6612 /* | |
6613 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
6614 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
6615 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is | |
6616 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the | |
6617 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
6618 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long | |
6619 * lines). | |
6620 */ | |
6621 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
6622 { | |
6623 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
6624 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
6625 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped | |
6626 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) | |
6627 { | |
6628 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
6629 * for each additional level */ | |
6630 n = 1; | |
6631 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
6632 { | |
6633 switch (l[col]) | |
6634 { | |
6635 case '(': | |
6636 case '{': ++n; | |
6637 break; | |
6638 | |
6639 case ')': | |
6640 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
6641 --n; | |
6642 break; | |
6643 } | |
6644 } | |
6645 | |
6646 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
6647 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped; | |
6648 } | |
6649 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok) | |
6650 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
6651 else | |
6652 { | |
6653 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
6654 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
6655 col++; | |
6656 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
6657 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
6658 else | |
6659 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
6660 } | |
6661 } | |
6662 | |
6663 /* | |
6664 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
6665 * if we did the above "if". | |
6666 */ | |
6667 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
6668 { | |
6669 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
6670 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
6671 cur_amount = col; | |
6672 } | |
6673 } | |
6674 | |
6675 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren) | |
6676 { | |
6677 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
6678 } | |
6679 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore | |
829 | 6680 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
7 | 6681 { |
6682 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
6683 amount = cur_amount; | |
6684 } | |
6685 else | |
6686 { | |
829 | 6687 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but |
6688 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
7 | 6689 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
834 | 6690 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
7 | 6691 { |
6692 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
6693 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
6694 { | |
6695 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
6696 col = our_paren_pos.col; | |
6697 break; | |
6698 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2; | |
6699 col = MAXCOL; | |
6700 break; | |
6701 } | |
6702 } | |
6703 | |
6704 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside | |
6705 * braces */ | |
6706 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
6707 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
6708 else | |
6709 { | |
6710 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
6711 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6712 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
6713 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
6714 amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
6715 else | |
6716 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
6717 } | |
6718 /* | |
6719 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
6720 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
6721 * lines: | |
6722 * func_long_name( if (x | |
6723 * arg && yy | |
6724 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
6725 */ | |
6726 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
6727 amount = cur_amount; | |
6728 } | |
6729 } | |
6730 | |
6731 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
6732 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
6733 amount += ind_comment; | |
6734 } | |
6735 | |
6736 /* | |
6737 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
6738 */ | |
6739 else | |
6740 { | |
6741 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
6742 | |
6743 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
6744 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
6745 | |
6746 /* | |
6747 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
6748 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
6749 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
6750 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
6751 */ | |
6752 look = skipwhite(start); | |
6753 if (*look == '{') | |
6754 { | |
6755 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
6756 amount = col; | |
6757 if (*start == '{') | |
6758 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
6759 else | |
6760 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
6761 } | |
6762 else | |
6763 { | |
6764 /* | |
6765 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
6766 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
6767 */ | |
6768 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
6769 | |
6770 /* | |
6771 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
6772 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
6773 */ | |
6774 lnum = ourscope; | |
6775 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
6776 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
6777 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
6778 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
6779 | |
6780 /* | |
6781 * It could have been something like | |
6782 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
6783 * ldfd) { | |
6784 * } | |
6785 */ | |
6786 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
6787 amount = get_indent(); | |
6788 else | |
6789 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
6790 | |
6791 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
6792 } | |
6793 | |
6794 /* | |
6795 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
6796 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
6797 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
6798 */ | |
6799 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
6800 { | |
6801 /* | |
6802 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
6803 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
6804 */ | |
6805 amount += ind_close_extra; | |
6806 } | |
6807 else | |
6808 { | |
6809 /* | |
6810 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
6811 * to match it with. | |
6812 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
6813 * to match it with. | |
6814 */ | |
6815 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
6816 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
6817 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
6818 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
6819 /* XXX */ | |
6820 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; | |
6821 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
6822 { | |
6823 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
6824 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, | |
6825 ind_maxcomment) == OK) | |
6826 { | |
6827 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
6828 goto theend; | |
6829 } | |
6830 } | |
6831 | |
6832 /* | |
6833 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
6834 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
6835 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
6836 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
6837 */ | |
6838 | |
6839 /* | |
6840 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
6841 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
6842 * location for ind_open_extra. | |
6843 */ | |
6844 | |
6845 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
6846 { | |
6847 amount = ind_open_left_imag; | |
6848 } | |
6849 else | |
6850 { | |
6851 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
6852 amount += ind_open_imag; | |
6853 else | |
6854 { | |
6855 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */ | |
6856 amount -= ind_open_extra; | |
6857 if (amount < 0) | |
6858 amount = 0; | |
6859 } | |
6860 } | |
6861 | |
6862 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
6863 | |
6864 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */ | |
6865 { | |
6866 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
6867 amount += ind_case; | |
6868 } | |
6869 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
6870 { | |
6871 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
6872 amount += ind_scopedecl; | |
6873 } | |
6874 else | |
6875 { | |
6876 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */ | |
6877 lookfor_break = TRUE; | |
6878 | |
6879 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
6880 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */ | |
6881 } | |
6882 scope_amount = amount; | |
6883 whilelevel = 0; | |
6884 | |
6885 /* | |
6886 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
6887 * with that. | |
6888 * | |
6889 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
6890 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
6891 * that opens the block. | |
6892 */ | |
6893 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
6894 for (;;) | |
6895 { | |
6896 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
6897 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
6898 | |
6899 /* | |
6900 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
6901 * up with it. | |
6902 */ | |
6903 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
6904 { | |
6905 /* we reached end of scope: | |
6906 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
6907 * go further back: | |
6908 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
6909 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
6910 * declaration: | |
6911 * int x, | |
6912 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
6913 */ | |
6914 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
6915 { | |
6916 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
6917 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
6918 < ourscope - ind_maxparen) | |
6919 { | |
6920 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit) | |
6921 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
6922 * initialization) */ | |
6923 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
6924 amount = cont_amount; | |
6925 else | |
6926 amount += ind_continuation; | |
6927 break; | |
6928 } | |
6929 | |
6930 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
6931 | |
6932 /* | |
6933 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
6934 * comment. | |
6935 */ | |
6936 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
6937 if (trypos != NULL) | |
6938 { | |
6939 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
1550 | 6940 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 6941 continue; |
6942 } | |
6943 | |
6944 /* | |
6945 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
6946 */ | |
6947 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
6948 continue; | |
6949 | |
6950 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
6951 continue; | |
6952 | |
6953 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
6954 | |
6955 /* | |
6956 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
6957 * function declaration, we are done | |
6958 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
6959 */ | |
6960 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
6961 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
6962 { | |
6963 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
6964 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
6965 * don't add extra indent. | |
6966 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
6967 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
6968 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
6969 */ | |
6970 if (terminated == ',') | |
6971 break; | |
6972 | |
6973 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
6974 * we are done. | |
6975 */ | |
6976 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
6977 break; | |
6978 | |
6979 /* nothing useful found */ | |
6980 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
6981 continue; | |
6982 } | |
6983 | |
6984 if (terminated != ';') | |
6985 { | |
6986 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
6987 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
6988 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
6989 */ /* XXX */ | |
6990 trypos = NULL; | |
6991 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
6992 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
6993 ind_maxcomment); | |
6994 | |
6995 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
6996 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); | |
6997 | |
6998 if (trypos != NULL) | |
6999 { | |
7000 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
1550 | 7001 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 7002 continue; |
7003 } | |
7004 } | |
7005 | |
7006 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
7007 * like in | |
7008 * int a, | |
7009 * b; | |
7010 */ | |
7011 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
7012 amount = cont_amount; | |
7013 else | |
7014 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7015 } | |
7016 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
7017 { | |
7018 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
7019 amount = cont_amount; | |
7020 else | |
7021 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7022 } | |
7023 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
7024 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
7025 { | |
7026 amount = scope_amount; | |
7027 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
7028 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
7029 } | |
7030 break; | |
7031 } | |
7032 | |
7033 /* | |
7034 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
7035 */ /* XXX */ | |
7036 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
7037 { | |
7038 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
1550 | 7039 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 7040 continue; |
7041 } | |
7042 | |
7043 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
7044 | |
7045 /* | |
7046 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
827 | 7047 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
7 | 7048 */ |
7049 iscase = cin_iscase(l); | |
7050 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) | |
7051 { | |
7052 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
7053 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
7054 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
7055 break; | |
7056 | |
7057 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
7058 * labels. */ | |
7059 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
7060 continue; | |
7061 | |
7062 /* | |
7063 * case xx: | |
7064 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
7065 *-> here; | |
7066 */ | |
7067 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
7068 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
7069 { | |
7070 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
7071 amount = cont_amount; | |
7072 else | |
7073 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7074 break; | |
7075 } | |
7076 | |
7077 /* | |
7078 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
7079 * x = 333; | |
7080 * case yy: | |
7081 */ | |
7082 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
7083 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
7084 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
7085 { | |
7086 /* | |
7087 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
7088 * switch() | |
7089 */ /* XXX */ | |
7090 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) == | |
7091 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope) | |
7092 { | |
7093 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
7094 break; | |
7095 } | |
7096 continue; | |
7097 } | |
7098 | |
7099 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
7100 | |
7101 /* | |
7102 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
7103 * y = y + 1; | |
7104 * -> s = 99; | |
7105 * | |
7106 * case xx: | |
7107 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
7108 * y = y + 1; | |
7109 * -> s = 99; | |
7110 */ | |
7111 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
7112 { | |
7113 if (n) | |
7114 amount = n; | |
7115 | |
7116 if (!lookfor_break) | |
7117 break; | |
7118 } | |
7119 | |
7120 /* | |
7121 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
7122 * -> y = y + 1; | |
7123 * | |
7124 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
7125 * -> y = y + 1; | |
7126 */ | |
7127 if (n) | |
7128 { | |
7129 amount = n; | |
7130 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
7131 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
829 | 7132 { |
7133 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
7134 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
7135 else | |
7136 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
7137 } | |
7 | 7138 break; |
7139 } | |
7140 | |
7141 /* | |
7142 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
7143 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
7144 * switch label. | |
7145 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
7146 * case xx: | |
7147 * -> y = 1; | |
7148 */ | |
7149 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
7150 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code); | |
7151 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
7152 continue; | |
7153 } | |
7154 | |
7155 /* | |
7156 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
7157 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
7158 */ | |
7159 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
7160 { | |
7161 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos = | |
7162 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
1550 | 7163 { |
7 | 7164 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
1550 | 7165 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7166 } | |
7 | 7167 continue; |
7168 } | |
7169 | |
7170 /* | |
7171 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
7172 */ | |
7173 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) | |
7174 { | |
7175 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
7176 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
7177 continue; | |
7178 } | |
7179 | |
7180 /* | |
7181 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
7182 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
7183 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
7184 * unlocked it) | |
7185 */ | |
7186 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
7187 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
7188 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
7189 continue; | |
7190 | |
7191 /* | |
7192 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
7193 * constructor initialization? | |
7194 */ /* XXX */ | |
827 | 7195 n = FALSE; |
7196 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) | |
7197 { | |
1336 | 7198 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
827 | 7199 l = ml_get_curline(); |
7200 } | |
7201 if (n) | |
7 | 7202 { |
7203 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
7204 { | |
7205 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
7206 amount = cont_amount; | |
7207 else | |
7208 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7209 } | |
828 | 7210 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
7 | 7211 { |
828 | 7212 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
7213 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
7214 ind_continuation = 0; | |
7215 continue; | |
7 | 7216 } |
7217 else | |
828 | 7218 /* XXX */ |
7219 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
7220 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
7 | 7221 break; |
7222 } | |
7223 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
7224 { | |
7225 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
827 | 7226 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
7227 */ | |
7 | 7228 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
7229 break; | |
7230 else | |
7231 continue; | |
7232 } | |
7233 | |
7234 /* | |
7235 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
7236 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
1224 | 7237 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
7 | 7238 * 123, |
7239 * sizeof | |
7240 * here | |
7241 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
7242 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
7243 * (indented). | |
7244 */ | |
7245 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
7246 | |
7247 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
7248 && terminated == ',')) | |
7249 { | |
7250 /* | |
7251 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
7252 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
7253 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
7254 * if ( foo && | |
7255 * bar ) | |
7256 */ | |
7257 /* | |
7258 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
7259 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
7260 */ | |
7261 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
7262 trypos = find_match_paren( | |
7263 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
7264 ind_maxcomment); | |
7265 | |
7266 /* | |
7267 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
7268 * braces. | |
7269 */ | |
828 | 7270 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
7271 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
7 | 7272 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); |
7273 | |
7274 if (trypos != NULL) | |
7275 { | |
7276 /* | |
7277 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
7278 * handled above. | |
7279 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
7280 * asdf) | |
7281 */ | |
1550 | 7282 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
7 | 7283 l = ml_get_curline(); |
7284 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) | |
7285 { | |
7286 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 7287 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 7288 continue; |
7289 } | |
7290 } | |
7291 | |
7292 /* | |
7293 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
7294 * indent from | |
7295 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
7296 * bla", | |
7297 * here; | |
7298 */ | |
7299 if (terminated == ',') | |
7300 { | |
7301 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
7302 { | |
7303 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
7304 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
7305 break; | |
7306 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 7307 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 7308 } |
7309 } | |
7310 | |
7311 /* | |
7312 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
7313 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
7314 */ | |
7315 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
7316 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
7317 | |
7318 /* | |
7319 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
7320 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
7321 * while (not) | |
7322 * -> { | |
7323 * } | |
7324 */ | |
7325 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
7326 && theline[0] == '{') | |
7327 { | |
7328 amount = cur_amount; | |
7329 /* | |
7330 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line | |
7331 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match | |
7332 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
7333 * { 1, 2 }, | |
7334 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
7335 */ | |
7336 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
7337 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
7338 | |
7339 if (ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
7340 { | |
7341 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
7342 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
7343 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
7344 continue; | |
7345 } | |
7346 break; | |
7347 } | |
7348 | |
7349 /* | |
7350 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
7351 * Also allow " } else". | |
7352 */ | |
7353 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
7354 { | |
7355 /* | |
7356 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
7357 * with the last one. | |
7358 * if (cond) | |
7359 * 100 + | |
7360 * -> here; | |
7361 */ | |
7362 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
7363 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
7364 { | |
7365 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
7366 amount = cont_amount; | |
7367 else | |
7368 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7369 break; | |
7370 } | |
7371 | |
7372 /* | |
7373 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
7374 * are finished. | |
7375 * while (not) | |
7376 * -> here; | |
7377 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
7378 * before this is terminated. | |
7379 * yyy; | |
7380 * if (stat) | |
7381 * while (not) | |
7382 * xxx; | |
7383 * -> here; | |
7384 */ | |
7385 amount = cur_amount; | |
7386 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
7387 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
7388 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
7389 { | |
7390 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
7391 break; | |
7392 } | |
7393 | |
7394 /* | |
7395 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
7396 * do, line up with the while() | |
7397 * do | |
7398 * x = 1; | |
7399 * -> here | |
7400 */ | |
7401 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
7402 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
7403 { | |
7404 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
7405 break; | |
7406 --whilelevel; | |
7407 } | |
7408 | |
7409 /* | |
7410 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
7411 * one between the "if" and the "else". | |
7412 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX | |
7413 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
7414 */ | |
7415 if (cin_iselse(l) | |
7416 && whilelevel == 0 | |
7417 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
7418 == NULL | |
7419 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
7420 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)) | |
7421 break; | |
7422 } | |
7423 | |
7424 /* | |
7425 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
7426 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
1224 | 7427 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
7 | 7428 * the line before this one. |
7429 */ | |
7430 else | |
7431 { | |
7432 /* | |
7433 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
7434 * the last one. | |
7435 * c = 99 + | |
7436 * 100 + | |
7437 * -> here; | |
7438 */ | |
7439 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
7440 { | |
7441 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
7442 if (terminated == ',') | |
7443 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7444 break; | |
7445 } | |
7446 | |
7447 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
7448 { | |
7449 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
7450 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
7451 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
7452 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
7453 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
7454 if (terminated == ',') | |
7455 { | |
7456 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) | |
7457 break; | |
7458 | |
7459 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
7460 continue; | |
7461 } | |
7462 | |
7463 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
7464 * reduce indent. */ | |
7465 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
7466 amount = cur_amount; | |
7467 } | |
7468 else | |
7469 { | |
7470 /* | |
7471 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
7472 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
7473 * 100 + | |
7474 * -> here; | |
7475 */ | |
7476 amount = cur_amount; | |
7477 | |
7478 /* | |
7479 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
7480 * are in an initialization or enum | |
7481 * struct xxx = | |
7482 * { | |
7483 * sizeof a, | |
7484 * 124 }; | |
7485 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
7486 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
7487 * yet. | |
7488 */ | |
7489 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
7490 { | |
7491 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
7492 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
7493 } | |
7494 else | |
7495 { | |
7496 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
7497 && *l != NUL | |
7498 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
7499 /* XXX */ | |
7500 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
7501 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
7502 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
7503 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
7504 } | |
7505 } | |
7506 } | |
7507 } | |
7508 | |
7509 /* | |
7510 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
7511 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
7512 */ | |
7513 /* XXX */ | |
829 | 7514 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, |
7515 ind_maxcomment)) | |
7 | 7516 { |
7517 /* | |
7518 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
7519 * with the last one. | |
7520 * while (cond); | |
7521 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
7522 * -> here; | |
7523 */ | |
7524 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
7525 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
7526 { | |
7527 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
7528 amount = cont_amount; | |
7529 else | |
7530 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7531 break; | |
7532 } | |
7533 | |
7534 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
7535 { | |
7536 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
7537 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
7538 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
7539 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
7540 } | |
7541 ++whilelevel; | |
7542 } | |
7543 | |
7544 /* | |
7545 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
7546 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
7547 * indent of that other statement. | |
7548 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
7549 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
7550 */ | |
7551 else | |
7552 { | |
7553 /* | |
7554 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
7555 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
7556 */ | |
7557 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
7558 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
7559 { | |
7560 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
7561 continue; | |
7562 } | |
7563 | |
7564 /* | |
7565 * Handle "do {" line. | |
7566 */ | |
7567 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
7568 { | |
7569 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
7570 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
7571 { | |
7572 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
7573 --whilelevel; | |
7574 continue; | |
7575 } | |
7576 } | |
7577 | |
7578 /* | |
7579 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
7580 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
7581 * x = 1; | |
7582 * y = foo + | |
7583 * -> here; | |
7584 * or | |
7585 * int x = 1; | |
7586 * int foo, | |
7587 * -> here; | |
7588 */ | |
7589 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
7590 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
7591 { | |
7592 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
7593 amount = cont_amount; | |
7594 else | |
7595 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7596 break; | |
7597 } | |
7598 | |
7599 /* | |
7600 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
7601 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
7602 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
7603 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
7604 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
7605 * here; | |
7606 * ->foo; | |
7607 */ | |
7608 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
7609 { | |
7610 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
7611 break; | |
7612 } | |
7613 | |
7614 /* | |
7615 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
7616 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
7617 * a terminated line. | |
7618 */ | |
7619 else | |
7620 { | |
7621 /* | |
7622 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
7623 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
7624 * the line. Helps for: | |
7625 * func(asdr, | |
7626 * asdfasdf); | |
7627 * here; | |
7628 */ | |
7629 term_again: | |
7630 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
7631 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
7632 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
7633 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
7634 { | |
7635 /* | |
7636 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
7637 * handled above. | |
7638 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
7639 * asdf) | |
7640 */ | |
1550 | 7641 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
7 | 7642 l = ml_get_curline(); |
7643 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) | |
7644 { | |
7645 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 7646 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 7647 continue; |
7648 } | |
7649 } | |
7650 | |
7651 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
7652 * with a statement after it. | |
7653 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
7654 * stat; | |
7655 * } | |
7656 * case 2: | |
7657 * stat; | |
7658 * } | |
7659 */ | |
7660 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l)); | |
7661 | |
7662 /* | |
7663 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
7664 * ignoring any jump label. | |
7665 */ | |
7666 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
7667 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
7668 | |
7669 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
7670 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
7671 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */ | |
827 | 7672 l = skipwhite(l); |
7673 if (*l == '{') | |
7 | 7674 amount -= ind_open_extra; |
7675 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
7676 | |
7677 /* | |
827 | 7678 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
7679 * the matching "if": | |
7680 * else 3; | |
856 | 7681 * indent this; |
827 | 7682 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
7683 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
7684 */ | |
7685 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
7686 && *l != '}' | |
7687 && cin_iselse(l) | |
7688 && whilelevel == 0) | |
7689 { | |
7690 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
7691 == NULL | |
7692 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
7693 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) | |
7694 break; | |
7695 continue; | |
7696 } | |
7697 | |
7698 /* | |
7 | 7699 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
7700 * that block. | |
7701 */ | |
7702 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
7703 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}' | |
7704 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
7705 != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
7706 { | |
1550 | 7707 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
7 | 7708 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
7709 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
7710 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
7711 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
7712 goto term_again; | |
7713 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 7714 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 7715 } |
7716 } | |
7717 } | |
7718 } | |
7719 } | |
7720 } | |
7721 | |
7722 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
7723 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
7724 amount += ind_comment; | |
7725 } | |
7726 | |
7727 /* | |
7728 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
7729 * | |
7730 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
7731 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
7732 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
7733 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
7734 */ | |
7735 else | |
7736 { | |
7737 /* | |
7738 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
7739 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
7740 * of a function | |
7741 */ | |
7742 | |
7743 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
7744 { | |
7745 amount = ind_first_open; | |
7746 } | |
7747 | |
7748 /* | |
7749 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
7750 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7751 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7752 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7753 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
7 | 7754 */ |
7755 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
7756 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7757 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
7758 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
7 | 7759 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
7760 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
7761 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1) | |
7762 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) | |
7763 { | |
7764 amount = ind_func_type; | |
7765 } | |
7766 else | |
7767 { | |
7768 amount = 0; | |
7769 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
7770 | |
7771 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
7772 | |
7773 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
7774 { | |
7775 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
7776 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
7777 | |
7778 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
7779 | |
7780 /* | |
7781 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
7782 */ /* XXX */ | |
7783 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
7784 { | |
7785 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
1550 | 7786 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 7787 continue; |
7788 } | |
7789 | |
7790 /* | |
827 | 7791 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
7792 * constructor initialization? | |
7 | 7793 */ /* XXX */ |
827 | 7794 n = FALSE; |
7795 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
7796 { | |
1336 | 7797 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
827 | 7798 l = ml_get_curline(); |
7799 } | |
7800 if (n) | |
7 | 7801 { |
828 | 7802 /* XXX */ |
7803 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
7804 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
7 | 7805 break; |
7806 } | |
7807 | |
7808 /* | |
7809 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
7810 */ | |
7811 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
7812 continue; | |
7813 | |
7814 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
7815 continue; | |
7816 | |
7817 /* | |
7818 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
7819 * indentation: | |
7820 * int foo, | |
7821 * bar; | |
7822 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
7823 * enum foobar | |
7824 * { | |
7825 * ... | |
7826 * } foo, | |
7827 * bar; | |
7828 */ | |
7829 n = 0; | |
7830 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
7831 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
7832 { | |
7833 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
7834 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
7835 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
7836 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
1550 | 7837 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
7 | 7838 |
7839 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
7840 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
7841 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
7842 * bla", | |
7843 * here; | |
7844 */ | |
7845 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
7846 { | |
7847 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
7848 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
7849 break; | |
7850 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 7851 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
7 | 7852 } |
7853 | |
7854 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
7855 | |
7856 if (amount == 0) | |
7857 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
7858 if (amount == 0) | |
7859 amount = ind_continuation; | |
7860 break; | |
7861 } | |
7862 | |
7863 /* | |
7864 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
7865 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
7866 */ | |
7867 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */ | |
7868 break; | |
7869 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
7870 | |
7871 /* | |
7872 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
7873 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
7874 */ | |
7875 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
7876 break; | |
7877 | |
7878 /* (matching {) | |
7879 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
7880 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
7881 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
7882 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
7883 */ | |
7884 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
7885 break; | |
7886 | |
7887 /* | |
7888 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current | |
7889 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
7890 * parameters. | |
7891 */ | |
7892 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
7893 { | |
7894 amount = ind_param; | |
7895 break; | |
7896 } | |
7897 | |
7898 /* | |
7899 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
7900 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
7901 * int foo, | |
7902 * bar; | |
7903 * indent_to_0 here; | |
7904 */ | |
828 | 7905 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
7 | 7906 { |
7907 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
7908 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
7909 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
7910 break; | |
7911 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
7912 } | |
7913 | |
7914 /* | |
7915 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
7916 * use the indent of this line. | |
7917 * | |
7918 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
7919 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
7920 */ | |
7921 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
7922 | |
7923 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
7924 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
1550 | 7925 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
7 | 7926 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
7927 break; | |
7928 } | |
7929 | |
7930 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
7931 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
7932 amount += ind_comment; | |
7933 | |
7934 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
7935 * "asdfasdf\ | |
7936 * here"; | |
7937 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
7938 * here"; | |
7939 */ | |
7940 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
7941 { | |
7942 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
7943 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
7944 { | |
7945 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
7946 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
7947 amount = cur_amount; | |
7948 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
7949 amount += ind_continuation; | |
7950 } | |
7951 } | |
7952 } | |
7953 } | |
7954 | |
7955 theend: | |
7956 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
7957 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
7958 | |
7959 vim_free(linecopy); | |
7960 | |
7961 if (amount < 0) | |
7962 return 0; | |
7963 return amount; | |
7964 } | |
7965 | |
7966 static int | |
7967 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
7968 int lookfor; | |
7969 linenr_T ourscope; | |
7970 int ind_maxparen; | |
7971 int ind_maxcomment; | |
7972 { | |
7973 char_u *look; | |
7974 pos_T *theirscope; | |
7975 char_u *mightbeif; | |
7976 int elselevel; | |
7977 int whilelevel; | |
7978 | |
7979 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
7980 { | |
7981 elselevel = 1; | |
7982 whilelevel = 0; | |
7983 } | |
7984 else | |
7985 { | |
7986 elselevel = 0; | |
7987 whilelevel = 1; | |
7988 } | |
7989 | |
7990 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
7991 | |
7992 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
7993 { | |
7994 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
7995 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
7996 | |
7997 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
7998 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
7999 || cin_isif(look) | |
8000 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
8001 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
8002 { | |
8003 /* | |
8004 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
8005 * we must be out of scope... | |
8006 */ | |
8007 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ | |
8008 if (theirscope == NULL) | |
8009 break; | |
8010 | |
8011 /* | |
8012 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
8013 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
8014 * out of luck too. | |
8015 */ | |
8016 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
8017 break; | |
8018 | |
8019 /* | |
8020 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
8021 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
8022 * different scope... | |
8023 */ | |
8024 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
8025 continue; | |
8026 | |
8027 /* | |
8028 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
8029 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
8030 * increment elselevel | |
8031 */ | |
8032 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
8033 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
8034 { | |
8035 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
8036 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
8037 ++elselevel; | |
8038 continue; | |
8039 } | |
8040 | |
8041 /* | |
8042 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
8043 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
8044 */ | |
8045 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
8046 { | |
8047 ++whilelevel; | |
8048 continue; | |
8049 } | |
8050 | |
8051 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
8052 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
8053 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
8054 { | |
8055 elselevel--; | |
8056 /* | |
8057 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
8058 * get in the way. | |
8059 */ | |
8060 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
8061 whilelevel = 0; | |
8062 } | |
8063 | |
8064 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
8065 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
8066 whilelevel--; | |
8067 | |
8068 /* | |
8069 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
8070 * this must be the if that we want! | |
8071 * match the indent level of that if. | |
8072 */ | |
8073 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
8074 { | |
8075 return OK; | |
8076 } | |
8077 } | |
8078 } | |
8079 return FAIL; | |
8080 } | |
8081 | |
8082 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
8083 /* | |
8084 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
8085 */ | |
8086 int | |
8087 get_expr_indent() | |
8088 { | |
8089 int indent; | |
8090 pos_T pos; | |
8091 int save_State; | |
681 | 8092 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
8093 OPT_LOCAL); | |
7 | 8094 |
8095 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8096 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
634 | 8097 if (use_sandbox) |
8098 ++sandbox; | |
8099 ++textlock; | |
7 | 8100 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
634 | 8101 if (use_sandbox) |
8102 --sandbox; | |
8103 --textlock; | |
7 | 8104 |
8105 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
8106 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
8107 * command. */ | |
8108 save_State = State; | |
8109 State = INSERT; | |
8110 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
8111 check_cursor(); | |
8112 State = save_State; | |
8113 | |
8114 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
8115 if (indent < 0) | |
8116 indent = get_indent(); | |
8117 | |
8118 return indent; | |
8119 } | |
8120 # endif | |
8121 | |
8122 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
8123 | |
8124 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
8125 | |
8126 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
8127 | |
8128 static int | |
8129 lisp_match(p) | |
8130 char_u *p; | |
8131 { | |
8132 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
8133 int len; | |
8134 char_u *word = p_lispwords; | |
8135 | |
8136 while (*word != NUL) | |
8137 { | |
8138 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
8139 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
8140 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
8141 return TRUE; | |
8142 } | |
8143 return FALSE; | |
8144 } | |
8145 | |
8146 /* | |
8147 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
8148 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
8149 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
8150 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
8151 * | |
8152 * TODO: | |
8153 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
8154 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
8155 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
8156 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
8157 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
8158 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
14 | 8159 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
8160 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
7 | 8161 */ |
8162 int | |
8163 get_lisp_indent() | |
8164 { | |
14 | 8165 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
7 | 8166 int amount; |
8167 char_u *that; | |
8168 colnr_T col; | |
8169 colnr_T firsttry; | |
8170 int parencount, quotecount; | |
8171 int vi_lisp; | |
8172 | |
8173 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
8174 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
8175 | |
8176 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8177 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
8178 | |
14 | 8179 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
8180 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
8181 else | |
8182 { | |
8183 paren = *pos; | |
8184 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
8185 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
8186 pos = &paren; | |
8187 } | |
8188 if (pos != NULL) | |
7 | 8189 { |
8190 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
8191 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
8192 amount = -1; | |
8193 parencount = 0; | |
8194 | |
8195 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
8196 { | |
8197 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
8198 continue; | |
8199 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
8200 { | |
8201 if (*that == ';') | |
8202 { | |
8203 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
8204 ++that; | |
8205 continue; | |
8206 } | |
8207 if (*that == '\\') | |
8208 { | |
8209 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
8210 ++that; | |
8211 continue; | |
8212 } | |
8213 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
8214 { | |
983 | 8215 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
8216 { | |
8217 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
8218 if (*that == '\\') | |
8219 { | |
8220 if (*++that == NUL) | |
8221 break; | |
8222 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
8223 { | |
8224 ++that; | |
8225 break; | |
8226 } | |
8227 } | |
8228 } | |
7 | 8229 } |
14 | 8230 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
7 | 8231 ++parencount; |
14 | 8232 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
7 | 8233 --parencount; |
8234 } | |
8235 if (parencount == 0) | |
8236 { | |
8237 amount = get_indent(); | |
8238 break; | |
8239 } | |
8240 } | |
8241 | |
8242 if (amount == -1) | |
8243 { | |
8244 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
8245 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
8246 col = pos->col; | |
8247 | |
8248 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
8249 | |
8250 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
8251 amount = 2; | |
8252 else | |
8253 { | |
8254 amount = 0; | |
8255 while (*that && col) | |
8256 { | |
8257 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
8258 col--; | |
8259 } | |
8260 | |
8261 /* | |
8262 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
8263 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
8264 * | |
8265 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
8266 * (...)) of (...)) | |
8267 */ | |
8268 | |
14 | 8269 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
8270 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
7 | 8271 amount += 2; |
8272 else | |
8273 { | |
8274 that++; | |
8275 amount++; | |
8276 firsttry = amount; | |
8277 | |
8278 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
8279 { | |
8280 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
8281 ++that; | |
8282 } | |
8283 | |
8284 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
8285 { | |
1532 | 8286 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
7 | 8287 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
14 | 8288 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
7 | 8289 firsttry++; |
8290 | |
8291 parencount = 0; | |
8292 quotecount = 0; | |
8293 | |
8294 if (vi_lisp | |
8295 || (*that != '"' | |
8296 && *that != '\'' | |
8297 && *that != '#' | |
8298 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
8299 { | |
8300 while (*that | |
8301 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
8302 || quotecount | |
8303 || parencount) | |
14 | 8304 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
7 | 8305 && !quotecount |
8306 && !parencount | |
8307 && vi_lisp))) | |
8308 { | |
8309 if (*that == '"') | |
8310 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
14 | 8311 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
8312 && !quotecount) | |
7 | 8313 ++parencount; |
14 | 8314 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
8315 && !quotecount) | |
7 | 8316 --parencount; |
8317 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
8318 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
8319 (colnr_T)amount); | |
8320 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
8321 (colnr_T)amount); | |
8322 } | |
8323 } | |
8324 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
8325 { | |
8326 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
8327 that++; | |
8328 } | |
8329 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
8330 amount = firsttry; | |
8331 } | |
8332 } | |
8333 } | |
8334 } | |
8335 } | |
8336 else | |
14 | 8337 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
7 | 8338 |
8339 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
8340 | |
8341 return amount; | |
8342 } | |
8343 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
8344 | |
8345 void | |
8346 prepare_to_exit() | |
8347 { | |
39 | 8348 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
8349 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
8350 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
8351 * problems. */ | |
36 | 8352 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
8353 #endif | |
8354 | |
7 | 8355 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
8356 if (gui.in_use) | |
8357 { | |
8358 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
8359 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
8360 } | |
8361 else | |
8362 #endif | |
8363 { | |
8364 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
8365 | |
8366 /* | |
8367 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
8368 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
8369 */ | |
8370 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
8371 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
8372 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
8373 #endif | |
8374 stoptermcap(); | |
8375 out_flush(); | |
8376 } | |
8377 } | |
8378 | |
8379 /* | |
8380 * Preserve files and exit. | |
8381 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
8382 */ | |
8383 void | |
8384 preserve_exit() | |
8385 { | |
8386 buf_T *buf; | |
8387 | |
8388 prepare_to_exit(); | |
8389 | |
625 | 8390 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
8391 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
8392 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
8393 | |
7 | 8394 out_str(IObuff); |
8395 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
8396 out_flush(); | |
8397 | |
8398 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
8399 | |
8400 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
8401 { | |
8402 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
8403 { | |
8404 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n")); | |
8405 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
8406 out_flush(); | |
8407 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
8408 break; | |
8409 } | |
8410 } | |
8411 | |
8412 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
8413 | |
8414 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n")); | |
8415 | |
8416 getout(1); | |
8417 } | |
8418 | |
8419 /* | |
8420 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
8421 */ | |
8422 int | |
8423 vim_fexists(fname) | |
8424 char_u *fname; | |
8425 { | |
8426 struct stat st; | |
8427 | |
8428 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
8429 return FALSE; | |
8430 return TRUE; | |
8431 } | |
8432 | |
8433 /* | |
8434 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
8435 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
8436 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
8437 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
8438 */ | |
8439 | |
8440 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
8441 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
8442 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
8443 # else | |
8444 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
8445 # endif | |
8446 #endif | |
8447 | |
8448 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
8449 | |
8450 void | |
8451 line_breakcheck() | |
8452 { | |
8453 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
8454 { | |
8455 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
8456 ui_breakcheck(); | |
8457 } | |
8458 } | |
8459 | |
8460 /* | |
8461 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
8462 */ | |
8463 void | |
8464 fast_breakcheck() | |
8465 { | |
8466 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
8467 { | |
8468 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
8469 ui_breakcheck(); | |
8470 } | |
8471 } | |
8472 | |
8473 /* | |
2016 | 8474 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
8475 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
8476 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
8477 */ | |
8478 int | |
8479 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
8480 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
8481 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
8482 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
8483 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
8484 { | |
8485 int ret = FAIL; | |
8486 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
8487 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
8488 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
8489 int usedlen; | |
8490 | |
8491 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
8492 { | |
8493 ++emsg_off; | |
8494 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
8495 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
8496 --emsg_off; | |
8497 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
8498 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
8499 } | |
8500 | |
8501 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
8502 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
8503 | |
8504 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
8505 { | |
8506 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
8507 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
8508 } | |
8509 | |
8510 return ret; | |
8511 } | |
8512 | |
8513 /* | |
7 | 8514 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
8515 * 'wildignore'. | |
714 | 8516 * Returns OK or FAIL. |
7 | 8517 */ |
8518 int | |
8519 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
8520 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
8521 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
8522 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
8523 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
8524 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
8525 { | |
8526 int retval; | |
8527 int i, j; | |
8528 char_u *p; | |
8529 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
8530 | |
8531 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
8532 | |
8533 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
8534 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL) | |
8535 return retval; | |
8536 | |
8537 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
8538 /* | |
8539 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
8540 */ | |
8541 if (*p_wig) | |
8542 { | |
8543 char_u *ffname; | |
8544 | |
8545 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
8546 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
8547 { | |
8548 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
8549 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
8550 break; | |
8551 # ifdef VMS | |
8552 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
8553 # endif | |
8554 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
8555 { | |
8556 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
8557 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
8558 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
8559 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
8560 --*num_file; | |
8561 --i; | |
8562 } | |
8563 vim_free(ffname); | |
8564 } | |
8565 } | |
8566 #endif | |
8567 | |
8568 /* | |
8569 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
8570 */ | |
8571 if (*num_file > 1) | |
8572 { | |
8573 non_suf_match = 0; | |
8574 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
8575 { | |
8576 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
8577 { | |
8578 /* | |
8579 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
8580 * of the list. | |
8581 */ | |
8582 p = (*file)[i]; | |
8583 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
8584 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
8585 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
8586 } | |
8587 } | |
8588 } | |
8589 | |
8590 return retval; | |
8591 } | |
8592 | |
8593 /* | |
8594 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
8595 */ | |
8596 int | |
8597 match_suffix(fname) | |
8598 char_u *fname; | |
8599 { | |
8600 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
8601 char_u *setsuf; | |
8602 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
8603 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
8604 | |
8605 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
8606 setsuflen = 0; | |
8607 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
8608 { | |
8609 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
1937 | 8610 if (setsuflen == 0) |
8611 { | |
8612 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
8613 | |
8614 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
8615 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
8616 { | |
8617 setsuflen = 1; | |
8618 break; | |
8619 } | |
8620 } | |
8621 else | |
8622 { | |
8623 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
8624 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
8625 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
8626 break; | |
8627 setsuflen = 0; | |
8628 } | |
7 | 8629 } |
8630 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
8631 } | |
8632 | |
8633 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
8634 | |
8635 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
8636 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
8637 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
8638 # endif | |
8639 | |
8640 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
8641 /* | |
8642 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
8643 * it's shared between these systems. | |
8644 */ | |
8645 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
8646 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
8647 # else | |
8648 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
8649 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
8650 # endif | |
8651 # endif | |
8652 | |
8653 /* | |
8654 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
8655 */ | |
8656 static int _cdecl | |
8657 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
8658 { | |
39 | 8659 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
7 | 8660 } |
8661 | |
8662 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
8663 static void | |
8664 namelowcpy( | |
8665 char_u *d, | |
8666 char_u *s) | |
8667 { | |
8668 # ifdef DJGPP | |
8669 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
8670 while (*s) | |
8671 *d++ = *s++; | |
8672 else | |
8673 # endif | |
8674 while (*s) | |
8675 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
8676 *d = NUL; | |
8677 } | |
8678 # endif | |
8679 | |
8680 /* | |
445 | 8681 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
8682 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
7 | 8683 * Return the number of matches found. |
8684 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
8685 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
445 | 8686 * Return the number of matches found. |
8687 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
7 | 8688 */ |
8689 static int | |
8690 dos_expandpath( | |
8691 garray_T *gap, | |
8692 char_u *path, | |
8693 int wildoff, | |
445 | 8694 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
1224 | 8695 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
445 | 8696 { |
8697 char_u *buf; | |
8698 char_u *path_end; | |
8699 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
8700 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
8701 char_u *pat; | |
8702 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
8703 int starts_with_dot; | |
8704 int matches; | |
8705 int len; | |
8706 int starstar = FALSE; | |
8707 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
7 | 8708 #ifdef WIN3264 |
8709 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
8710 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
8711 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8712 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
8713 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
8714 # endif | |
8715 #else | |
8716 struct ffblk fb; | |
8717 #endif | |
8718 char_u *matchname; | |
445 | 8719 int ok; |
8720 | |
8721 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
8722 if (stardepth > 0) | |
8723 { | |
8724 ui_breakcheck(); | |
8725 if (got_int) | |
8726 return 0; | |
8727 } | |
7 | 8728 |
8729 /* make room for file name */ | |
445 | 8730 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
7 | 8731 if (buf == NULL) |
8732 return 0; | |
8733 | |
8734 /* | |
8735 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
8736 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
8737 */ | |
8738 p = buf; | |
8739 s = buf; | |
8740 e = NULL; | |
8741 path_end = path; | |
8742 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
8743 { | |
8744 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
8745 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
8746 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
8747 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
8748 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
8749 { | |
8750 if (e != NULL) | |
8751 break; | |
8752 s = p + 1; | |
8753 } | |
8754 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
8755 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
8756 e = p; | |
8757 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8758 if (has_mbyte) | |
8759 { | |
474 | 8760 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
7 | 8761 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
8762 p += len; | |
8763 path_end += len; | |
8764 } | |
8765 else | |
8766 #endif | |
8767 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
8768 } | |
8769 e = p; | |
8770 *e = NUL; | |
8771 | |
8772 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
8773 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
8774 * component. */ | |
8775 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
8776 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
8777 { | |
1624 | 8778 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
7 | 8779 --e; |
8780 --s; | |
8781 } | |
8782 | |
445 | 8783 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
8784 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
8785 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
8786 starstar = TRUE; | |
8787 | |
7 | 8788 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
8789 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
8790 if (pat == NULL) | |
8791 { | |
8792 vim_free(buf); | |
8793 return 0; | |
8794 } | |
8795 | |
8796 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
8797 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ | |
8798 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
8799 vim_free(pat); | |
8800 | |
8801 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
8802 { | |
8803 vim_free(buf); | |
8804 return 0; | |
8805 } | |
8806 | |
8807 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
8808 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
8809 | |
445 | 8810 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
8811 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
8812 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
8813 && *path_end == '/') | |
8814 { | |
8815 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
8816 ++stardepth; | |
8817 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
8818 --stardepth; | |
8819 } | |
8820 | |
7 | 8821 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
8822 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
8823 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
8824 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8825 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
8826 { | |
8827 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
8828 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
8829 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
1752 | 8830 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
7 | 8831 if (wn != NULL) |
8832 { | |
8833 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
8834 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
8835 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
8836 { | |
8837 vim_free(wn); | |
8838 wn = NULL; | |
8839 } | |
8840 } | |
8841 } | |
8842 | |
8843 if (wn == NULL) | |
8844 # endif | |
8845 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
8846 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
8847 #else | |
8848 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
8849 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
8850 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
8851 #endif | |
8852 | |
8853 while (ok) | |
8854 { | |
8855 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
8856 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8857 if (wn != NULL) | |
1752 | 8858 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
7 | 8859 else |
8860 # endif | |
8861 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
8862 #else | |
8863 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
8864 #endif | |
8865 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
8866 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
8867 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
8868 && (matchname == NULL | |
8869 || vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0))) | |
8870 { | |
8871 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
8872 STRCPY(s, p); | |
8873 #else | |
8874 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
8875 #endif | |
8876 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
445 | 8877 |
8878 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
8879 { | |
8880 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
8881 * find matches. */ | |
8882 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
8883 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
8884 ++stardepth; | |
8885 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
8886 --stardepth; | |
8887 } | |
8888 | |
7 | 8889 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
8890 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
8891 { | |
8892 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
8893 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
445 | 8894 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
7 | 8895 } |
8896 else | |
8897 { | |
8898 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
8899 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
8900 if (*path_end != 0) | |
8901 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
8902 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
8903 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
8904 } | |
8905 } | |
8906 | |
8907 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
8908 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8909 if (wn != NULL) | |
8910 { | |
8911 vim_free(p); | |
8912 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
8913 } | |
8914 else | |
8915 # endif | |
8916 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
8917 #else | |
8918 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
8919 #endif | |
8920 | |
8921 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
8922 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
8923 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
8924 { | |
8925 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
8926 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
8927 FindClose(hFind); | |
8928 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8929 if (wn != NULL) | |
8930 { | |
8931 vim_free(wn); | |
1752 | 8932 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
7 | 8933 if (wn != NULL) |
8934 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
8935 } | |
8936 if (wn == NULL) | |
8937 # endif | |
8938 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
8939 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
8940 #else | |
8941 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
8942 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
8943 #endif | |
8944 vim_free(matchname); | |
8945 matchname = NULL; | |
8946 } | |
8947 } | |
8948 | |
8949 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
8950 FindClose(hFind); | |
8951 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8952 vim_free(wn); | |
8953 # endif | |
8954 #endif | |
8955 vim_free(buf); | |
8956 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
8957 vim_free(matchname); | |
8958 | |
8959 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
8960 if (matches > 0) | |
8961 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
8962 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
8963 return matches; | |
8964 } | |
8965 | |
8966 int | |
8967 mch_expandpath( | |
8968 garray_T *gap, | |
8969 char_u *path, | |
8970 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
8971 { | |
445 | 8972 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
7 | 8973 } |
8974 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
8975 | |
445 | 8976 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
8977 || defined(PROTO) | |
8978 /* | |
8979 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
8980 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
8981 */ | |
8982 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
8983 | |
8984 static int | |
8985 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
8986 const void *a, *b; | |
8987 { | |
8988 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
8989 } | |
8990 | |
8991 /* | |
8992 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
8993 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
8994 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
8995 * at "path + wildoff". | |
8996 * Return the number of matches found. | |
8997 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
8998 */ | |
8999 int | |
9000 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
9001 garray_T *gap; | |
9002 char_u *path; | |
9003 int wildoff; | |
9004 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
9005 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
9006 { | |
9007 char_u *buf; | |
9008 char_u *path_end; | |
9009 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
9010 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
9011 char_u *pat; | |
9012 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
9013 int starts_with_dot; | |
9014 int matches; | |
9015 int len; | |
9016 int starstar = FALSE; | |
9017 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
9018 | |
9019 DIR *dirp; | |
9020 struct dirent *dp; | |
9021 | |
9022 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
9023 if (stardepth > 0) | |
9024 { | |
9025 ui_breakcheck(); | |
9026 if (got_int) | |
9027 return 0; | |
9028 } | |
9029 | |
9030 /* make room for file name */ | |
9031 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
9032 if (buf == NULL) | |
9033 return 0; | |
9034 | |
9035 /* | |
9036 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
9037 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. | |
9038 */ | |
9039 p = buf; | |
9040 s = buf; | |
9041 e = NULL; | |
9042 path_end = path; | |
9043 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
9044 { | |
9045 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
9046 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
9047 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
9048 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
9049 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
9050 { | |
9051 if (e != NULL) | |
9052 break; | |
9053 s = p + 1; | |
9054 } | |
9055 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
9056 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL) | |
9057 e = p; | |
9058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9059 if (has_mbyte) | |
9060 { | |
474 | 9061 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
445 | 9062 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
9063 p += len; | |
9064 path_end += len; | |
9065 } | |
9066 else | |
9067 #endif | |
9068 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
9069 } | |
9070 e = p; | |
9071 *e = NUL; | |
9072 | |
9073 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */ | |
9074 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
9075 * component. */ | |
9076 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
9077 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
9078 { | |
1624 | 9079 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
445 | 9080 --e; |
9081 --s; | |
9082 } | |
9083 | |
9084 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
9085 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
9086 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
9087 starstar = TRUE; | |
9088 | |
9089 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
9090 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
9091 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
9092 if (pat == NULL) | |
9093 { | |
9094 vim_free(buf); | |
9095 return 0; | |
9096 } | |
9097 | |
9098 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
587 | 9099 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME |
445 | 9100 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */ |
9101 #else | |
9102 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */ | |
9103 #endif | |
9104 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
9105 vim_free(pat); | |
9106 | |
9107 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
9108 { | |
9109 vim_free(buf); | |
9110 return 0; | |
9111 } | |
9112 | |
9113 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
9114 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
9115 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
9116 && *path_end == '/') | |
9117 { | |
9118 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
9119 ++stardepth; | |
9120 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
9121 --stardepth; | |
9122 } | |
9123 | |
9124 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
9125 *s = NUL; | |
9126 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
9127 | |
9128 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
9129 if (dirp != NULL) | |
9130 { | |
9131 for (;;) | |
9132 { | |
9133 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
9134 if (dp == NULL) | |
9135 break; | |
9136 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
9137 && vim_regexec(®match, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
9138 { | |
9139 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
9140 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
9141 | |
9142 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
9143 { | |
9144 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
9145 * find matches. */ | |
9146 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
9147 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
9148 ++stardepth; | |
9149 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
9150 --stardepth; | |
9151 } | |
9152 | |
9153 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
9154 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
9155 { | |
9156 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
9157 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
9158 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
9159 } | |
9160 else | |
9161 { | |
9162 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
9163 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
9164 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
9165 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
9166 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
9167 { | |
768 | 9168 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
445 | 9169 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
9170 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
9171 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
768 | 9172 |
445 | 9173 if (precomp_buf) |
9174 { | |
9175 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
9176 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
9177 } | |
9178 #endif | |
9179 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
9180 } | |
9181 } | |
9182 } | |
9183 } | |
9184 | |
9185 closedir(dirp); | |
9186 } | |
9187 | |
9188 vim_free(buf); | |
9189 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
9190 | |
9191 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
9192 if (matches > 0) | |
9193 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
9194 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
9195 return matches; | |
9196 } | |
9197 #endif | |
9198 | |
7 | 9199 /* |
9200 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
9201 * | |
9202 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
9203 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
9204 * | |
9205 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
9206 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
9207 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
9208 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
9209 */ | |
9210 int | |
9211 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
9212 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
9213 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
9214 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
9215 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
9216 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
9217 { | |
9218 int i; | |
9219 garray_T ga; | |
9220 char_u *p; | |
9221 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
9222 int add_pat; | |
9223 | |
9224 /* | |
9225 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
9226 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
9227 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
9228 * return FAIL. | |
9229 */ | |
9230 if (recursive) | |
9231 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
9232 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
9233 #else | |
9234 return FAIL; | |
9235 #endif | |
9236 | |
9237 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
9238 /* | |
9239 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
9240 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
9241 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
9242 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
9243 */ | |
9244 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
9245 { | |
9246 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL | |
9247 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
9248 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
9249 # endif | |
9250 ) | |
9251 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
9252 } | |
9253 #endif | |
9254 | |
9255 recursive = TRUE; | |
9256 | |
9257 /* | |
9258 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
9259 */ | |
9260 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
9261 | |
9262 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
9263 { | |
9264 add_pat = -1; | |
9265 p = pat[i]; | |
9266 | |
9267 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
9268 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
9269 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
9270 else | |
9271 #endif | |
9272 { | |
9273 /* | |
9274 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
9275 */ | |
9276 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL) | |
9277 { | |
1408 | 9278 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
7 | 9279 if (p == NULL) |
9280 p = pat[i]; | |
9281 #ifdef UNIX | |
9282 /* | |
9283 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
9284 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
9285 * found file names and start all over again. | |
9286 */ | |
9287 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL) | |
9288 { | |
9289 vim_free(p); | |
1914 | 9290 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
7 | 9291 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
9292 flags); | |
9293 recursive = FALSE; | |
9294 return i; | |
9295 } | |
9296 #endif | |
9297 } | |
9298 | |
9299 /* | |
9300 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
9301 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
9302 * the pattern. | |
9303 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
9304 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
9305 */ | |
9306 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
9307 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); | |
9308 } | |
9309 | |
9310 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
9311 { | |
9312 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
9313 | |
9314 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
9315 slash_to_colon(t); | |
9316 #endif | |
9317 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
9318 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
9319 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
9320 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
9321 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
9322 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
9323 vim_free(t); | |
9324 } | |
9325 | |
9326 if (p != pat[i]) | |
9327 vim_free(p); | |
9328 } | |
9329 | |
9330 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
9331 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
9332 | |
9333 recursive = FALSE; | |
9334 | |
9335 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
9336 } | |
9337 | |
9338 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
9339 | |
9340 /* | |
9341 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
9342 */ | |
9343 static int | |
9344 vim_backtick(p) | |
9345 char_u *p; | |
9346 { | |
9347 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
9348 } | |
9349 | |
9350 /* | |
9351 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
9352 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
9353 * Returns number of file names found. | |
9354 */ | |
9355 static int | |
9356 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
9357 garray_T *gap; | |
9358 char_u *pat; | |
9359 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
9360 { | |
9361 char_u *p; | |
9362 char_u *cmd; | |
9363 char_u *buffer; | |
9364 int cnt = 0; | |
9365 int i; | |
9366 | |
9367 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
9368 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
9369 if (cmd == NULL) | |
9370 return 0; | |
9371 | |
9372 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
9373 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
714 | 9374 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
7 | 9375 else |
9376 #endif | |
24 | 9377 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
9378 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0); | |
7 | 9379 vim_free(cmd); |
9380 if (buffer == NULL) | |
9381 return 0; | |
9382 | |
9383 cmd = buffer; | |
9384 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
9385 { | |
9386 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
9387 p = cmd; | |
9388 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
9389 ++p; | |
9390 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
9391 if (p > cmd) | |
9392 { | |
9393 i = *p; | |
9394 *p = NUL; | |
9395 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
9396 *p = i; | |
9397 ++cnt; | |
9398 } | |
9399 cmd = p; | |
9400 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
9401 ++cmd; | |
9402 } | |
9403 | |
9404 vim_free(buffer); | |
9405 return cnt; | |
9406 } | |
9407 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
9408 | |
9409 /* | |
9410 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
9411 * EW_DIR add directories | |
9412 * EW_FILE add files | |
716 | 9413 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
7 | 9414 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
9415 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
9416 */ | |
9417 void | |
9418 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
9419 garray_T *gap; | |
9420 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
9421 int flags; | |
9422 { | |
9423 char_u *p; | |
9424 int isdir; | |
9425 | |
9426 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
9427 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
9428 return; | |
9429 | |
9430 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
9431 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
9432 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
9433 return; | |
9434 #endif | |
9435 | |
9436 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
9437 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
9438 return; | |
9439 | |
716 | 9440 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
9441 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f)) | |
9442 return; | |
9443 | |
7 | 9444 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
9445 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
9446 return; | |
9447 | |
9448 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
9449 if (p == NULL) | |
9450 return; | |
9451 | |
9452 STRCPY(p, f); | |
9453 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
9454 slash_adjust(p); | |
9455 #endif | |
9456 /* | |
9457 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
9458 */ | |
9459 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
9460 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
9461 add_pathsep(p); | |
9462 #endif | |
9463 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
9464 } | |
9465 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
9466 | |
9467 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
9468 | |
9469 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
9470 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
9471 #endif | |
9472 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
9473 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
9474 #endif | |
9475 | |
9476 /* | |
9477 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
9478 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. | |
9479 */ | |
9480 char_u * | |
24 | 9481 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags) |
7 | 9482 char_u *cmd; |
24 | 9483 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
7 | 9484 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
9485 { | |
9486 char_u *tempname; | |
9487 char_u *command; | |
9488 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
9489 int len; | |
9490 int i = 0; | |
9491 FILE *fd; | |
9492 | |
9493 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
9494 return NULL; | |
9495 | |
9496 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
9497 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
9498 { | |
9499 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
9500 return NULL; | |
9501 } | |
9502 | |
9503 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
24 | 9504 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
7 | 9505 if (command == NULL) |
9506 goto done; | |
9507 | |
9508 /* | |
9509 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
9510 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
9511 */ | |
9512 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
9513 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
9514 --no_check_timestamps; | |
9515 | |
9516 vim_free(command); | |
9517 | |
9518 /* | |
9519 * read the names from the file into memory | |
9520 */ | |
9521 # ifdef VMS | |
1224 | 9522 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
7 | 9523 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
9524 # else | |
9525 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
9526 # endif | |
9527 | |
9528 if (fd == NULL) | |
9529 { | |
9530 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
9531 goto done; | |
9532 } | |
9533 | |
9534 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
9535 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
9536 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
9537 | |
9538 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
9539 if (buffer != NULL) | |
9540 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
9541 fclose(fd); | |
9542 mch_remove(tempname); | |
9543 if (buffer == NULL) | |
9544 goto done; | |
9545 #ifdef VMS | |
9546 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
9547 #endif | |
9548 if (i != len) | |
9549 { | |
9550 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
9551 vim_free(buffer); | |
9552 buffer = NULL; | |
9553 } | |
9554 else | |
9555 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ | |
9556 | |
9557 done: | |
9558 vim_free(tempname); | |
9559 return buffer; | |
9560 } | |
9561 #endif | |
9562 | |
9563 /* | |
9564 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
9565 * functions. | |
9566 */ | |
9567 void | |
9568 FreeWild(count, files) | |
9569 int count; | |
9570 char_u **files; | |
9571 { | |
838 | 9572 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
7 | 9573 return; |
9574 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
9575 /* | |
9576 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
9577 * been used??? | |
9578 */ | |
9579 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
9580 #else | |
9581 while (count--) | |
9582 vim_free(files[count]); | |
9583 vim_free(files); | |
9584 #endif | |
9585 } | |
9586 | |
9587 /* | |
9588 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. | |
9589 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. | |
9590 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
9591 */ | |
9592 int | |
9593 goto_im() | |
9594 { | |
9595 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
9596 } |